ML082680052: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
← Older editNewer edit →
VisualWikitext
Created page by program invented by StriderTol
Created page by program invented by StriderTol
Line 5: Line 5:
| author name =  
| author name =  
| author affiliation = Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Power Plant, Inc
| author affiliation = Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Power Plant, Inc
| addressee name = Silk D M
| addressee name = Silk D
| addressee affiliation = NRC/RGN-I/DRS/OB
| addressee affiliation = NRC/RGN-I/DRS/OB
| docket = 05000317, 05000318
| docket = 05000317, 05000318
Line 19: Line 19:
==03.0 REFERENCES==
==03.0 REFERENCES==
AND DEFINITIONS REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS........................................................................................................................................................5 5 4.04.0 PREREQUISITES PREREQUISITES..................................................................................................................................................................................................................6 6 5.05.0 PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS........................................................................................................................................................................................................................6 6 6.06.0 SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM OPERATION................................................................................................................................................................................................9 9 6.16.1 STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE] USE]....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................9 9 6.26.2 MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE
AND DEFINITIONS REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS........................................................................................................................................................5 5 4.04.0 PREREQUISITES PREREQUISITES..................................................................................................................................................................................................................6 6 5.05.0 PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS........................................................................................................................................................................................................................6 6 6.06.0 SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM OPERATION................................................................................................................................................................................................9 9 6.16.1 STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE] USE]....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................9 9 6.26.2 MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE
[CONTINUOUS USE] [CONTINUOUS USE]..............................................................................................................................................................................12 12 6.36.3 OPERATION OF THE MAJOR RFM COMPONENT OPERATION OF THE MAJOR RFM COMPONENT CONTROLS [REFERENCE USE] CONTROLS [REFERENCE USE]......................................................................................................................................19 19 6.46.4 ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154]
[CONTINUOUS USE] [CONTINUOUS USE]..............................................................................................................................................................................12 12 6.36.3 OPERATION OF THE MAJOR RFM COMPONENT OPERATION OF THE MAJOR RFM COMPONENT CONTROLS [REFERENCE USE] CONTROLS [REFERENCE USE]......................................................................................................................................19 19 6.46.4 ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154]
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154]
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154]
[REFERENCE USE] [REFERENCE USE]..................................................................................................................................................................................29 29 6.4.B6.4.B Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence..................................................................................................30 30 6.4.C6.4.C Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence..................................................................................................41 41 6.4.D6.4.D Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence..............................................................................................................51 51 6.4.E6.4.E Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence..........................64 64 6.4.F6.4.F Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence..............................................73 73 6.4.G6.4.G Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence..............................................82 82 6.4.H6.4.H Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence..........................93 93 6.4.I6.4.I Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can................................................................... Sequence with a Trash Can...................................................................101 101 6.4.J6.4.J Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can................................................................... Sequence with a Trash Can...................................................................109 109 6.4.K6.4.K Purging the Mast Purging the Mast......................................................................................................................................................................117 117 6.56.5 SECURING THE REFUELING SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE] MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE]........................................................................................................................................124 124 OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 3 of 130 Page 3 of 130 Page 3 of 130 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE TITLE TITLE PAGE PAGE PAGE 6.66.6 OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE WITH THE OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE WITH THE FESTOON CABLE EXTENSION INSTALLED FESTOON CABLE EXTENSION INSTALLED....................................................................................................126 126 7.07.0 POST-PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES POST-PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES....................................................................................................................................................129 129 8.08.0 BASES BASES.........................................................................................................................
[REFERENCE USE] [REFERENCE USE]..................................................................................................................................................................................29 29 6.4.B6.4.B Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence..................................................................................................30 30 6.4.C6.4.C Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence..................................................................................................41 41 6.4.D6.4.D Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence..............................................................................................................51 51 6.4.E6.4.E Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence..........................64 64 6.4.F6.4.F Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence..............................................73 73 6.4.G6.4.G Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence..............................................82 82 6.4.H6.4.H Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence..........................93 93 6.4.I6.4.I Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can................................................................... Sequence with a Trash Can...................................................................101 101 6.4.J6.4.J Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can................................................................... Sequence with a Trash Can...................................................................109 109 6.4.K6.4.K Purging the Mast Purging the Mast......................................................................................................................................................................117 117 6.56.5 SECURING THE REFUELING SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE] MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE]........................................................................................................................................124 124 OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 3 of 130 Page 3 of 130 Page 3 of 130 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE TITLE TITLE PAGE PAGE PAGE 6.66.6 OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE WITH THE OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE WITH THE FESTOON CABLE EXTENSION INSTALLED FESTOON CABLE EXTENSION INSTALLED....................................................................................................126 126 7.07.0 POST-PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES POST-PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES....................................................................................................................................................129 129 8.08.0 BASES BASES.........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................129 129 9.09.0 RECORDS RECORDS........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................129 129 10.010.0 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS......................................................................................................................................................................................................................130 130 OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 4 of 130 Page 4 of 130 Page 4 of 130 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES PAGES PAGES PAGES REVISION REVISION REVISION 1-1301-13035 35 FIGURES FIGURES FIGURES REVISION REVISION REVISION 1A, PG 11A, PG 135 35 1B, PG 1 1B, PG 1 2, PG 1 2, PG 1 3, PG 1 3, PG 1 APPENDIX APPENDIX APPENDIX REVISION REVISION REVISION A, PGs 1-15A, PGs 1-1535 35 B, PGs 1 B, PGs 1                                      C, PG 1-2 C, PG 1-2 PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PAGES PAGES PAGES REVISION/CHANGES REVISION/CHANGES REVISION/CHANGES 353503500 03500 OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 5 of 130 Page 5 of 130 Page 5 of 130 1.0 1.01.0PURPOSE PURPOSE PURPOSE A.A.The purpose of this procedure is to provide directions for operating the The purpose of this procedure is to provide directions for operating the Refueling Machine (RFM).
...........................................................................................................................129 129 9.09.0 RECORDS RECORDS........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................129 129 10.010.0 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS......................................................................................................................................................................................................................130 130 OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 4 of 130 Page 4 of 130 Page 4 of 130 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES PAGES PAGES PAGES REVISION REVISION REVISION 1-1301-13035 35 FIGURES FIGURES FIGURES REVISION REVISION REVISION 1A, PG 11A, PG 135 35 1B, PG 1 1B, PG 1 2, PG 1 2, PG 1 3, PG 1 3, PG 1 APPENDIX APPENDIX APPENDIX REVISION REVISION REVISION A, PGs 1-15A, PGs 1-1535 35 B, PGs 1 B, PGs 1                                      C, PG 1-2 C, PG 1-2 PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PAGES PAGES PAGES REVISION/CHANGES REVISION/CHANGES REVISION/CHANGES 353503500 03500 OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 5 of 130 Page 5 of 130 Page 5 of 130 1.0 1.01.0PURPOSE PURPOSE PURPOSE A.A.The purpose of this procedure is to provide directions for operating the The purpose of this procedure is to provide directions for operating the Refueling Machine (RFM).
Refueling Machine (RFM).
Refueling Machine (RFM).
Line 57: Line 57:
during manual operation.
during manual operation.
D.D.A fuel spotter shall be used anytime the RFM is being moved. Spotter shall be A fuel spotter shall be used anytime the RFM is being moved. Spotter shall be proficient proficient PER PER PER NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.
D.D.A fuel spotter shall be used anytime the RFM is being moved. Spotter shall be A fuel spotter shall be used anytime the RFM is being moved. Spotter shall be proficient proficient PER PER PER NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.
NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.  
NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.
[B0167][B0167][B0167]E.E.Core alterations shall be performed under the direct supervision of a Senior Core alterations shall be performed under the direct supervision of a Senior Reactor Operator, designated Fuel Handling Supervisor (FHS)
[B0167][B0167][B0167]E.E.Core alterations shall be performed under the direct supervision of a Senior Core alterations shall be performed under the direct supervision of a Senior Reactor Operator, designated Fuel Handling Supervisor (FHS)
Reactor Operator, designated Fuel Handling Supervisor (FHS)
Reactor Operator, designated Fuel Handling Supervisor (FHS)
Line 71: Line 71:
camera or mast contact with wall mounted brackets, lights, or piping.
camera or mast contact with wall mounted brackets, lights, or piping.
I.I.IF IF IF an abnormally rising count rate occurs on the monitor while a fuel assembly is an abnormally rising count rate occurs on the monitor while a fuel assembly is being inserted into the core, being inserted into the core, THEN THEN THEN the fuel assembly shall be  the fuel assembly shall be immediately immediately returned to its previous position returned to its previous position and the FHS and RCRO notified.
I.I.IF IF IF an abnormally rising count rate occurs on the monitor while a fuel assembly is an abnormally rising count rate occurs on the monitor while a fuel assembly is being inserted into the core, being inserted into the core, THEN THEN THEN the fuel assembly shall be  the fuel assembly shall be immediately immediately returned to its previous position returned to its previous position and the FHS and RCRO notified.
and the FHS and RCRO notified.
and the FHS and RCRO notified.
[B0270][B0270][B0270]J.J.Life jackets or lifelines are required Life jackets or lifelines are required anytime anytime work is being done within three feet work is being done within three feet of the pool and there is of the pool and there is NOT NOT NOT a handrail between the worker and the water.
[B0270][B0270][B0270]J.J.Life jackets or lifelines are required Life jackets or lifelines are required anytime anytime work is being done within three feet work is being done within three feet of the pool and there is of the pool and there is NOT NOT NOT a handrail between the worker and the water.
a handrail between the worker and the water.
a handrail between the worker and the water.
Line 84: Line 84:
by the RFM spotter.
by the RFM spotter.
N.N.No one shall board or exit the RFM while it is in motion. Pinch points may be No one shall board or exit the RFM while it is in motion. Pinch points may be created at the side of the pool. The RFM operator SHALL ensure that ALL created at the side of the pool. The RFM operator SHALL ensure that ALL personnel on the RFM are aware of the RFM movements.
N.N.No one shall board or exit the RFM while it is in motion. Pinch points may be No one shall board or exit the RFM while it is in motion. Pinch points may be created at the side of the pool. The RFM operator SHALL ensure that ALL created at the side of the pool. The RFM operator SHALL ensure that ALL personnel on the RFM are aware of the RFM movements.
personnel on the RFM are aware of the RFM movements.
personnel on the RFM are aware of the RFM movements.
[B0212][B0212][B0212]O.O.Items (such as radiation meters, life vests, tools) shall Items (such as radiation meters, life vests, tools) shall NOT NOT NOT be placed on the be placed on the bridge floor such that they protrude into the path of the trolley.
[B0212][B0212][B0212]O.O.Items (such as radiation meters, life vests, tools) shall Items (such as radiation meters, life vests, tools) shall NOT NOT NOT be placed on the be placed on the bridge floor such that they protrude into the path of the trolley.
bridge floor such that they protrude into the path of the trolley.
bridge floor such that they protrude into the path of the trolley.
Line 159: Line 159:
c.c.IF IF IF Refueling Operations will begin,  Refueling Operations will begin, THEN THEN THEN  PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:
c.c.IF IF IF Refueling Operations will begin,  Refueling Operations will begin, THEN THEN THEN  PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:
the following:ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE APPENDIX C,  APPENDIX C, REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST is is complete.
the following:ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE APPENDIX C,  APPENDIX C, REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST is is complete.
complete.
complete.
[B0408][B0408][B0408] (N/A if performed as part of APPENDIX A) (N/A if performed as part of APPENDIX A)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE OI-22D,  OI-22D, FUEL HANDLING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM FUEL HANDLING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM APPENDIX C, APPENDIX C, VENTILATION WALKDOWN CHECKLIST VENTILATION WALKDOWN CHECKLIST is complete.
[B0408][B0408][B0408] (N/A if performed as part of APPENDIX A) (N/A if performed as part of APPENDIX A)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE OI-22D,  OI-22D, FUEL HANDLING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM FUEL HANDLING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM APPENDIX C, APPENDIX C, VENTILATION WALKDOWN CHECKLIST VENTILATION WALKDOWN CHECKLIST is complete.
is complete.  
is complete.
[B0408][B0408][B0408]
[B0408][B0408][B0408]
OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 11 of 130 Page 11 of 130 Page 11 of 130 6.1.B 6.1.B6.1.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 3.3.IF IF IF the Refueling Machine is being started up from a short term shutdown the Refueling Machine is being started up from a short term shutdown (shutdown 90 days or less), (shutdown 90 days or less), THEN THEN THEN  PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:
OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 11 of 130 Page 11 of 130 Page 11 of 130 6.1.B 6.1.B6.1.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 3.3.IF IF IF the Refueling Machine is being started up from a short term shutdown the Refueling Machine is being started up from a short term shutdown (shutdown 90 days or less), (shutdown 90 days or less), THEN THEN THEN  PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:
Line 193: Line 193:
g.g.IF IF IF Refueling Operations will begin,  Refueling Operations will begin, THEN THEN THEN  PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:
g.g.IF IF IF Refueling Operations will begin,  Refueling Operations will begin, THEN THEN THEN  PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:
the following:ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE APPENDIX C,  APPENDIX C, REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST is is complete.
the following:ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE APPENDIX C,  APPENDIX C, REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST is is complete.
complete.
complete.
[B0408][B0408][B0408] (N/A if performed as part of APPENDIX A) (N/A if performed as part of APPENDIX A)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE OI-22D,  OI-22D, FUEL HANDLING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM FUEL HANDLING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM APPENDIX C, APPENDIX C, VENTILATION WALKDOWN CHECKLIST VENTILATION WALKDOWN CHECKLIST is complete.
[B0408][B0408][B0408] (N/A if performed as part of APPENDIX A) (N/A if performed as part of APPENDIX A)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE OI-22D,  OI-22D, FUEL HANDLING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM FUEL HANDLING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM APPENDIX C, APPENDIX C, VENTILATION WALKDOWN CHECKLIST VENTILATION WALKDOWN CHECKLIST is complete.
is complete.  
is complete.
[B0408][B0408][B0408]**** END ****
[B0408][B0408][B0408]**** END ****
**** END ****
**** END ****
Line 210: Line 210:
4.4.The clarity and lighting of the Refueling Pool is adequate to allow the verification The clarity and lighting of the Refueling Pool is adequate to allow the verification that the mast is free of obstructions prior to movement.
4.4.The clarity and lighting of the Refueling Pool is adequate to allow the verification The clarity and lighting of the Refueling Pool is adequate to allow the verification that the mast is free of obstructions prior to movement.
that the mast is free of obstructions prior to movement.
that the mast is free of obstructions prior to movement.
5.5.A spotter (PPO, RFHM qualified personel, or personnel designated by the AOM A spotter (PPO, RFHM qualified personel, or personnel designated by the AOM shall be used if operating mast/grapple to grapple core components) is available shall be used if operating mast/grapple to grapple core components) is available to observe fuel movement to observe fuel movement
5.5.A spotter (PPO, RFHM qualified personel, or personnel designated by the AOM A spotter (PPO, RFHM qualified personel, or personnel designated by the AOM shall be used if operating mast/grapple to grapple core components) is available shall be used if operating mast/grapple to grapple core components) is available to observe fuel movement to observe fuel movement
[B0167][B0167][B0167]6.6.Startup of the Refueling Machine has been completed Startup of the Refueling Machine has been completed PER PER PER Section 6.1, Section 6.1, STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE
[B0167][B0167][B0167]6.6.Startup of the Refueling Machine has been completed Startup of the Refueling Machine has been completed PER PER PER Section 6.1, Section 6.1, STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE
..B.B.B.Procedure Procedure ProcedureCAUTION CAUTION CAUTION      ALL ALL ALL electrical interlocks are inoperative during manual operation.
..B.B.B.Procedure Procedure ProcedureCAUTION CAUTION CAUTION      ALL ALL ALL electrical interlocks are inoperative during manual operation.
Line 553: Line 553:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.B 6.4.B6.4.BCore to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.B 6.4.B6.4.BCore to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions has has been completed) been completed)A spotter (PPO, RFHM qualified personel, or personnel designated by the A spotter (PPO, RFHM qualified personel, or personnel designated by the AOM shall be used if operating mast/grapple to grapple core components) is AOM shall be used if operating mast/grapple to grapple core components) is available to observe fuel movement available to observe fuel movement
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions has has been completed) been completed)A spotter (PPO, RFHM qualified personel, or personnel designated by the A spotter (PPO, RFHM qualified personel, or personnel designated by the AOM shall be used if operating mast/grapple to grapple core components) is AOM shall be used if operating mast/grapple to grapple core components) is available to observe fuel movement available to observe fuel movement
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is above 268 inches The hoist is above 268 inches AND AND AND the grapple is empty.
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is above 268 inches The hoist is above 268 inches AND AND AND the grapple is empty.
the grapple is empty.
the grapple is empty.
Line 647: Line 647:
a.a.RELEASE RELEASE RELEASE the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:
a.a.RELEASE RELEASE RELEASE the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:
the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 inches prior to the weighing meter indicating the load has increased due inches prior to the weighing meter indicating the load has increased due to the hoist pick up to the hoist pick upThe HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist slightly above this point slightly above this pointCAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT NOT NOT catch an catch anadjacent CEA while being raised.
the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 inches prior to the weighing meter indicating the load has increased due inches prior to the weighing meter indicating the load has increased due to the hoist pick up to the hoist pick upThe HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist slightly above this point slightly above this pointCAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT NOT NOT catch an catch anadjacent CEA while being raised.
adjacent CEA while being raised.
adjacent CEA while being raised.
[B0207][B0207][B0207]
[B0207][B0207][B0207]
23.23.IF IF IF the spreader was used,  the spreader was used, THEN THEN THEN  RAISE RAISE RAISE the spreader the spreader AND AND AND  OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE spreader retraction.
23.23.IF IF IF the spreader was used,  the spreader was used, THEN THEN THEN  RAISE RAISE RAISE the spreader the spreader AND AND AND  OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE spreader retraction.
Line 739: Line 739:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.C 6.4.C6.4.CUpender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.C 6.4.C6.4.CUpender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions has has been completed) been completed)A spotter is available to observe fuel movement A spotter is available to observe fuel movement
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions has has been completed) been completed)A spotter is available to observe fuel movement A spotter is available to observe fuel movement
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe grapple is empty The grapple is emptyThe hoist is at the up limit The hoist is at the up limit OR OR OR above 150" if previous location was the above 150" if previous location was the upender.upender.2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, upender notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, upender coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe grapple is empty The grapple is emptyThe hoist is at the up limit The hoist is at the up limit OR OR OR above 150" if previous location was the above 150" if previous location was the upender.upender.2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, upender notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, upender coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.
coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.
coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.
Line 834: Line 834:
Step 27 is to be performed concurrently with Steps 28 through 30.
Step 27 is to be performed concurrently with Steps 28 through 30.
27.27.INSERT INSERT INSERT the fuel into the core,  the fuel into the core, AND AND AND  USE USE USE the audible counter the audible counter AND AND AND  REPORT REPORT REPORT any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO.
27.27.INSERT INSERT INSERT the fuel into the core,  the fuel into the core, AND AND AND  USE USE USE the audible counter the audible counter AND AND AND  REPORT REPORT REPORT any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO.
any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO.  
any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO.
[B0270][B0270][B0270]
[B0270][B0270][B0270]
OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 47 of 130 Page 47 of 130 Page 47 of 130 6.4.C 6.4.C6.4.CUpender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 28.28.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, observing hoist load indication during insertion:
OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 47 of 130 Page 47 of 130 Page 47 of 130 6.4.C 6.4.C6.4.CUpender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 28.28.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, observing hoist load indication during insertion:
Line 870: Line 870:
permission from the RCRO to ungrapple the assembly.
permission from the RCRO to ungrapple the assembly.
(1)(1)The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving permission.
(1)(1)The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving permission.
permission.
permission.
[B0270][B0270][B0270]32.32.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the assembly is properly aligned with the core.
[B0270][B0270][B0270]32.32.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the assembly is properly aligned with the core.
the assembly is properly aligned with the core.
the assembly is properly aligned with the core.
Line 900: Line 900:
final location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight. NOTE NOTE NOTE      Steps 38, 39, 40 and 41 may be performed concurrently.
final location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight. NOTE NOTE NOTE      Steps 38, 39, 40 and 41 may be performed concurrently.
Steps 38, 39, 40 and 41 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION      The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT NOT NOT catch on catch onan adjacent CEA while being raised.
Steps 38, 39, 40 and 41 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION      The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT NOT NOT catch on catch onan adjacent CEA while being raised.
an adjacent CEA while being raised.
an adjacent CEA while being raised.
[B0207][B0207][B0207]      The Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
[B0207][B0207][B0207]      The Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
Line 920: Line 920:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.D 6.4.D6.4.DCore to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.D 6.4.D6.4.DCore to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions
, , has been completed) has been completed)A spotter is available to observe fuel movement A spotter is available to observe fuel movement
, , has been completed) has been completed)A spotter is available to observe fuel movement A spotter is available to observe fuel movement
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The hoist is above 268 inches The hoist is above 268 inches AND AND AND the grapple is empty.
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The hoist is above 268 inches The hoist is above 268 inches AND AND AND the grapple is empty.
the grapple is empty.
the grapple is empty.
Line 1,009: Line 1,009:
the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 inches prior to the weighing meter indicating the load has increased due inches prior to the weighing meter indicating the load has increased due to the hoist pick up to the hoist pick upThe HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist slightly above this point slightly above this point  NOTE NOTE NOTE      Steps 23 and 24 may be performed concurrently.
the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 inches prior to the weighing meter indicating the load has increased due inches prior to the weighing meter indicating the load has increased due to the hoist pick up to the hoist pick upThe HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist slightly above this point slightly above this point  NOTE NOTE NOTE      Steps 23 and 24 may be performed concurrently.
Steps 23 and 24 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT NOT NOT catch an catch anadjacent CEA while being raised.
Steps 23 and 24 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT NOT NOT catch an catch anadjacent CEA while being raised.
adjacent CEA while being raised.
adjacent CEA while being raised.
[B0207][B0207][B0207]
[B0207][B0207][B0207]
23.23.IF IF IF the spreader was used,  the spreader was used, THEN THEN THEN  RAISE RAISE RAISE the spreader the spreader AND AND AND  OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE spreader retraction.
23.23.IF IF IF the spreader was used,  the spreader was used, THEN THEN THEN  RAISE RAISE RAISE the spreader the spreader AND AND AND  OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE spreader retraction.
Line 1,094: Line 1,094:
permission from the RCRO to ungrapple the assembly.
permission from the RCRO to ungrapple the assembly.
(1)(1)The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving permission.
(1)(1)The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving permission.
permission.  
permission.
[B0270][B0270][B0270]39.39.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the assembly is properly aligned with the core.
[B0270][B0270][B0270]39.39.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the assembly is properly aligned with the core.
the assembly is properly aligned with the core.
the assembly is properly aligned with the core.
Line 1,124: Line 1,124:
final location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight. NOTE NOTE NOTE      Steps 45, 46, 47 and 48 may be performed concurrently.
final location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight. NOTE NOTE NOTE      Steps 45, 46, 47 and 48 may be performed concurrently.
Steps 45, 46, 47 and 48 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION      The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT NOT NOT catch on catch onan adjacent CEA while being raised.
Steps 45, 46, 47 and 48 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION      The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT NOT NOT catch on catch onan adjacent CEA while being raised.
an adjacent CEA while being raised.
an adjacent CEA while being raised.
[B0207][B0207][B0207]      The Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
[B0207][B0207][B0207]      The Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
Line 1,145: Line 1,145:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.E 6.4.E6.4.EUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.E 6.4.E6.4.EUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is over the upender The RFM is over the upenderThe RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions has has been completed) been completed)A spotter is available to observe movement A spotter is available to observe movement
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is over the upender The RFM is over the upenderThe RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions has has been completed) been completed)A spotter is available to observe movement A spotter is available to observe movement
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the up limit The hoist is at the up limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, upender notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, upender location, and the required FUEL SELECTOR switch position, if applicable.
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the up limit The hoist is at the up limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, upender notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, upender location, and the required FUEL SELECTOR switch position, if applicable.
location, and the required FUEL SELECTOR switch position, if applicable.
location, and the required FUEL SELECTOR switch position, if applicable.
Line 1,281: Line 1,281:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.F 6.4.F6.4.FTemporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.F 6.4.F6.4.FTemporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions has has been completed) been completed)A spotter is available to observe movement A spotter is available to observe movement
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions has has been completed) been completed)A spotter is available to observe movement A spotter is available to observe movement
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit The hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.RCRO.3.3.ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and FUEL SELECTOR number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position.
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit The hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.RCRO.3.3.ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and FUEL SELECTOR number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position.
switch position.
switch position.
Line 1,369: Line 1,369:
Step 27 is to be performed concurrently with Steps 28 through 30.
Step 27 is to be performed concurrently with Steps 28 through 30.
27.27.INSERT INSERT INSERT the  fuel into the core,  the  fuel into the core, AND AND AND  USE USE USE the audible counter the audible counter AND AND AND  REPORT REPORT REPORT any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO.
27.27.INSERT INSERT INSERT the  fuel into the core,  the  fuel into the core, AND AND AND  USE USE USE the audible counter the audible counter AND AND AND  REPORT REPORT REPORT any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO.
any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO.
any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO.
[B0270][B0270][B0270]
[B0270][B0270][B0270]
OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 78 of 130 Page 78 of 130 Page 78 of 130 6.4.F 6.4.F6.4.FTemporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 28.28.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, observing hoist load indication during insertion:
OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 78 of 130 Page 78 of 130 Page 78 of 130 6.4.F 6.4.F6.4.FTemporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 28.28.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, observing hoist load indication during insertion:
Line 1,403: Line 1,403:
permission from the RCRO to ungrapple the assembly:
permission from the RCRO to ungrapple the assembly:
(1)(1)The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving permission.
(1)(1)The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving permission.
permission.
permission.
[B0270][B0270][B0270]32.32.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the assembly is properly aligned with the core.
[B0270][B0270][B0270]32.32.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the assembly is properly aligned with the core.
the assembly is properly aligned with the core.
the assembly is properly aligned with the core.
Line 1,433: Line 1,433:
final location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight. NOTE NOTE NOTE      Steps 38, 39, 40 and 41 may be performed concurrently.
final location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight. NOTE NOTE NOTE      Steps 38, 39, 40 and 41 may be performed concurrently.
Steps 38, 39, 40 and 41 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION      The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT NOT NOT catch on catch onan adjacent CEA while being raised.
Steps 38, 39, 40 and 41 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION      The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT NOT NOT catch on catch onan adjacent CEA while being raised.
an adjacent CEA while being raised.
an adjacent CEA while being raised.
[B0207][B0207][B0207]      The Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
[B0207][B0207][B0207]      The Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
Line 1,453: Line 1,453:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.G 6.4.G6.4.GCore to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.G 6.4.G6.4.GCore to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions
, , has been completed) has been completed)A spotter is available to observe fuel movement A spotter is available to observe fuel movement
, , has been completed) has been completed)A spotter is available to observe fuel movement A spotter is available to observe fuel movement
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is above 268 inches The hoist is above 268 inches AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, core notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, core location, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is above 268 inches The hoist is above 268 inches AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, core notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, core location, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.
location, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.
location, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.
Line 1,540: Line 1,540:
the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 inches before the weighing meter indicates the load has increased due inches before the weighing meter indicates the load has increased due to the hoist pick up to the hoist pick upThe HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist slightly above this point slightly above this point  NOTE NOTE NOTE      Steps 24 and 25 may be performed concurrently.
the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 inches before the weighing meter indicates the load has increased due inches before the weighing meter indicates the load has increased due to the hoist pick up to the hoist pick upThe HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist slightly above this point slightly above this point  NOTE NOTE NOTE      Steps 24 and 25 may be performed concurrently.
Steps 24 and 25 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe spotter shall observe the retraction of the spreader to ensure that it does The spotter shall observe the retraction of the spreader to ensure that it does NOT NOT NOT catch catchan adjacent CEA while being raised.
Steps 24 and 25 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe spotter shall observe the retraction of the spreader to ensure that it does The spotter shall observe the retraction of the spreader to ensure that it does NOT NOT NOT catch catchan adjacent CEA while being raised.
an adjacent CEA while being raised.  
an adjacent CEA while being raised.
[B0207][B0207][B0207]
[B0207][B0207][B0207]
24.24.IF IF IF the spreader was used,  the spreader was used, THEN THEN THEN  RAISE RAISE RAISE the spreader the spreader AND AND AND  OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE spreader retraction.
24.24.IF IF IF the spreader was used,  the spreader was used, THEN THEN THEN  RAISE RAISE RAISE the spreader the spreader AND AND AND  OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE spreader retraction.
Line 1,624: Line 1,624:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.H 6.4.H6.4.HTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.H 6.4.H6.4.HTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions
, , has been completed) has been completed)A spotter is available to observe fuel movement A spotter is available to observe fuel movement
, , has been completed) has been completed)A spotter is available to observe fuel movement A spotter is available to observe fuel movement
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit The hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO, if applicable.
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit The hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO, if applicable.
RCRO, if applicable.
RCRO, if applicable.
Line 1,757: Line 1,757:
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions
, , Initial Conditions has been completed)
, , Initial Conditions has been completed)
Initial Conditions has been completed)A spotter is available to observe movement A spotter is available to observe movement
Initial Conditions has been completed)A spotter is available to observe movement A spotter is available to observe movement
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the up limit The hoist is at the up limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the trash can move step number, ID of the object to be notification of the trash can move step number, ID of the object to be moved, mast orientation and upender location from the RCRO, if applicable.
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the up limit The hoist is at the up limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the trash can move step number, ID of the object to be notification of the trash can move step number, ID of the object to be moved, mast orientation and upender location from the RCRO, if applicable.
moved, mast orientation and upender location from the RCRO, if applicable.
moved, mast orientation and upender location from the RCRO, if applicable.
Line 1,898: Line 1,898:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.J 6.4.J6.4.JTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.J 6.4.J6.4.JTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions
, , has been completed) has been completed)A spotter is available to observe movement A spotter is available to observe movement
, , has been completed) has been completed)A spotter is available to observe movement A spotter is available to observe movement
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the up limit The hoist is at the up limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the trash can move step number, object ID, mast notification of the trash can move step number, object ID, mast orientation, and storage rack coordinates from the RCRO, if applicable.
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the up limit The hoist is at the up limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the trash can move step number, object ID, mast notification of the trash can move step number, object ID, mast orientation, and storage rack coordinates from the RCRO, if applicable.
orientation, and storage rack coordinates from the RCRO, if applicable.
orientation, and storage rack coordinates from the RCRO, if applicable.
Line 2,037: Line 2,037:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.K 6.4.K6.4.KPurging the Mast Purging the Mast Purging the Mast 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.K 6.4.K6.4.KPurging the Mast Purging the Mast Purging the Mast 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions
the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions
, , has been completed) has been completed)A spotter is available to observe fuel movement A spotter is available to observe fuel movement
, , has been completed) has been completed)A spotter is available to observe fuel movement A spotter is available to observe fuel movement
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit The hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO, if applicable.
[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit The hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO, if applicable.
RCRO, if applicable.
RCRO, if applicable.
Line 2,295: Line 2,295:


OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 1 of 15 Page 1 of 15 Page 1 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT A.A.This appendix has been page checked against the This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES.
OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 1 of 15 Page 1 of 15 Page 1 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT A.A.This appendix has been page checked against the This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES.
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES.
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES.
[M0002][M0002][M0002]
[M0002][M0002][M0002]
NOTE NOTE NOTE      If possible this appendix should be coordinated with Maintenance Procedure I-24, If possible this appendix should be coordinated with Maintenance Procedure I-24,REFUELING MACHINE LOAD WEIGHING SYSTEM ALIGNMENT TEST/ADJUSTMENT REFUELING MACHINE LOAD WEIGHING SYSTEM ALIGNMENT TEST/ADJUSTMENT
NOTE NOTE NOTE      If possible this appendix should be coordinated with Maintenance Procedure I-24, If possible this appendix should be coordinated with Maintenance Procedure I-24,REFUELING MACHINE LOAD WEIGHING SYSTEM ALIGNMENT TEST/ADJUSTMENT REFUELING MACHINE LOAD WEIGHING SYSTEM ALIGNMENT TEST/ADJUSTMENT
Line 2,318: Line 2,318:


3.3.Visually Visually CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment for damaged, corroded, equipment for damaged, corroded, or deteriorated parts.
3.3.Visually Visually CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment for damaged, corroded, equipment for damaged, corroded, or deteriorated parts.
or deteriorated parts.  
or deteriorated parts.
[B0629] [B0629] [B0629]
[B0629] [B0629] [B0629]
4.4.Visually Visually CHECK CHECK CHECK rail surfaces and gear rack teeth are clean rail surfaces and gear rack teeth are clean and free of obstructions.
4.4.Visually Visually CHECK CHECK CHECK rail surfaces and gear rack teeth are clean rail surfaces and gear rack teeth are clean and free of obstructions.
Line 2,368: Line 2,368:
the LOG ON touch pad.  
the LOG ON touch pad.  


  (2)(2)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH in the user name ("FHS")
(2)(2)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH in the user name ("FHS")
in the user name ("FHS")
in the user name ("FHS")
AND AND AND  TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the ENTER touch the ENTER touch pad. pad.    
AND AND AND  TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the ENTER touch the ENTER touch pad. pad.
  (3)(3)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the ENTER PASSWORD touch pad.
(3)(3)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the ENTER PASSWORD touch pad.
the ENTER PASSWORD touch pad.  
the ENTER PASSWORD touch pad.  


  (4)(4)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH in the password ("FHS")
(4)(4)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH in the password ("FHS")
in the password ("FHS")
in the password ("FHS")
AND AND AND  TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the ENTER touch the ENTER touch pad. pad.    
AND AND AND  TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the ENTER touch the ENTER touch pad. pad.
  (5)(5)CHECK CHECK CHECK computer indicates that it is connected to the proper unit.
(5)(5)CHECK CHECK CHECK computer indicates that it is connected to the proper unit.
computer indicates that it is connected to the proper unit.  
computer indicates that it is connected to the proper unit.  


  (6)(6)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the PRESS FOR OPERATION touch pad.
(6)(6)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the PRESS FOR OPERATION touch pad.
the PRESS FOR OPERATION touch pad.  
the PRESS FOR OPERATION touch pad.  


Line 2,536: Line 2,536:


OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 15 of 15 Page 15 of 15 Page 15 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT G.G.The Refueling Machine is :  OPERABLE / OUT OF SERVICE The Refueling Machine is :  OPERABLE / OUT OF SERVICE (circle one)
OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 15 of 15 Page 15 of 15 Page 15 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT G.G.The Refueling Machine is :  OPERABLE / OUT OF SERVICE The Refueling Machine is :  OPERABLE / OUT OF SERVICE (circle one)
                                              (circle one)
(circle one)
SM SM  
SM SM  


Line 2,544: Line 2,544:


I.I.IF IF IF Refueling Operations will begin,  Refueling Operations will begin, THEN THEN THEN  PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM APPENDIX C,  APPENDIX C, REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST
I.I.IF IF IF Refueling Operations will begin,  Refueling Operations will begin, THEN THEN THEN  PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM APPENDIX C,  APPENDIX C, REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST
  [B0408].[B0408].[B0408]. (N/A if  (N/A if NOT NOT NOT performed) performed)  
[B0408].[B0408].[B0408]. (N/A if  (N/A if NOT NOT NOT performed) performed)  


J.J.This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES.
J.J.This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES.
EFFECTIVE PAGES.
EFFECTIVE PAGES.
[M0002][M0002][M0002]       
[M0002][M0002][M0002]       


OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX B APPENDIX B APPENDIX B REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES  NOTE NOTE NOTE            The responsibilities listed are The responsibilities listed are NOT NOT NOT all-inclusive. The Fuel Handling Supervisor may all-inclusive. The Fuel Handling Supervisor mayadd or delete responsibilities as conditions warrant. This is merely a guideline of the add or delete responsibilities as conditions warrant. This is merely a guideline of thetypes of responsibilities expected of the spotter.
OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX B APPENDIX B APPENDIX B REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES  NOTE NOTE NOTE            The responsibilities listed are The responsibilities listed are NOT NOT NOT all-inclusive. The Fuel Handling Supervisor may all-inclusive. The Fuel Handling Supervisor mayadd or delete responsibilities as conditions warrant. This is merely a guideline of the add or delete responsibilities as conditions warrant. This is merely a guideline of thetypes of responsibilities expected of the spotter.
types of responsibilities expected of the spotter.      A fuel spotter shall be used anytime the RFM is being moved. Spotter shall be A fuel spotter shall be used anytime the RFM is being moved. Spotter shall beproficient proficient PER PER PER NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.
types of responsibilities expected of the spotter.      A fuel spotter shall be used anytime the RFM is being moved. Spotter shall be A fuel spotter shall be used anytime the RFM is being moved. Spotter shall beproficient proficient PER PER PER NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.
NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.  
NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.
[B0167][B0167][B0167]
[B0167][B0167][B0167]
A.A.Responsibilities Responsibilities 1.1.The primary responsibility of the spotter is watch the movement of fuel to The primary responsibility of the spotter is watch the movement of fuel to ensure that there is a clear pathway for the fuel (grapple, hoist, bridge, ensure that there is a clear pathway for the fuel (grapple, hoist, bridge, trolley) without danger of collision. This provides additional protection for trolley) without danger of collision. This provides additional protection for the fuel, as well as the fuel handling equipment.
A.A.Responsibilities Responsibilities 1.1.The primary responsibility of the spotter is watch the movement of fuel to The primary responsibility of the spotter is watch the movement of fuel to ensure that there is a clear pathway for the fuel (grapple, hoist, bridge, ensure that there is a clear pathway for the fuel (grapple, hoist, bridge, trolley) without danger of collision. This provides additional protection for trolley) without danger of collision. This provides additional protection for the fuel, as well as the fuel handling equipment.
the fuel, as well as the fuel handling equipment.
the fuel, as well as the fuel handling equipment.
a.a.In addition, during upward movement of the grapple or retraction of the In addition, during upward movement of the grapple or retraction of the spreader, the spotter shall observe to check for an inadvertently spreader, the spotter shall observe to check for an inadvertently snagged CEA or fuel assembly being lifted out of position.
a.a.In addition, during upward movement of the grapple or retraction of the In addition, during upward movement of the grapple or retraction of the spreader, the spotter shall observe to check for an inadvertently spreader, the spotter shall observe to check for an inadvertently snagged CEA or fuel assembly being lifted out of position.
snagged CEA or fuel assembly being lifted out of position.
snagged CEA or fuel assembly being lifted out of position.
[B0207][B0207][B0207]2.2.Some of the secondary responsibilities are:
[B0207][B0207][B0207]2.2.Some of the secondary responsibilities are:
Some of the secondary responsibilities are:
Some of the secondary responsibilities are:
Line 2,607: Line 2,607:
AND DEFINITIONS REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS........................................................................................................................................................4 4 4.04.0 PREREQUISITES PREREQUISITES..................................................................................................................................................................................................................5 5 5.05.0 PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS........................................................................................................................................................................................................................5 5 6.06.0 SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM OPERATION................................................................................................................................................................................................7 7 6.16.1 SYSTEM STARTUP SYSTEM STARTUP..................................................................................................................................................................................7 7 6.26.2 STARTING A NORMAL PURGE OF CONTAINMENT STARTING A NORMAL PURGE OF CONTAINMENT........................................................................9 9 6.36.3 STARTING A POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF STARTING A POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT CONTAINMENT..............................................................................................................................................................................................17 17 6.46.4 STARTING A NEGATIVE PRESSURE VENT OF STARTING A NEGATIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT CONTAINMENT..............................................................................................................................................................................................19 19 6.56.5 SECURING PURGING OR VENTING SECURING PURGING OR VENTING............................................................................................................................22 22 6.66.6 CONTAINMENT POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT VIA THE CONTAINMENT POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT VIA THE NORMAL SUMP NORMAL SUMP..............................................................................................................................................................................................25 25 6.76.7 STARTING AN ALTERNATE PURGE OF CONTAINMENT STARTING AN ALTERNATE PURGE OF CONTAINMENT..........................................................27 27 6.86.8 STARTING/STOPPING THE PURGE SUPPLY FAN WHILE STARTING/STOPPING THE PURGE SUPPLY FAN WHILE PURGE IS IN OPERATION PURGE IS IN OPERATION............................................................................................................................................................30 30 6.96.9 CYCLE CONTAINMENT PURGE CVsTO CHECK OPERATION CYCLE CONTAINMENT PURGE CVsTO CHECK OPERATION OF SVs (PE 1/2-60-01-O-SA) OF SVs (PE 1/2-60-01-O-SA)....................................................................................................................................................33 33 6.106.10 POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT VIA POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT VIA UNMONITORED RELEASE PATHS UNMONITORED RELEASE PATHS................................................................................................................................35 35 7.07.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES....................................................................................................................................................40 40 8.08.0 BASES BASES.........................................................................................................................
AND DEFINITIONS REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS........................................................................................................................................................4 4 4.04.0 PREREQUISITES PREREQUISITES..................................................................................................................................................................................................................5 5 5.05.0 PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS........................................................................................................................................................................................................................5 5 6.06.0 SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM OPERATION................................................................................................................................................................................................7 7 6.16.1 SYSTEM STARTUP SYSTEM STARTUP..................................................................................................................................................................................7 7 6.26.2 STARTING A NORMAL PURGE OF CONTAINMENT STARTING A NORMAL PURGE OF CONTAINMENT........................................................................9 9 6.36.3 STARTING A POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF STARTING A POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT CONTAINMENT..............................................................................................................................................................................................17 17 6.46.4 STARTING A NEGATIVE PRESSURE VENT OF STARTING A NEGATIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT CONTAINMENT..............................................................................................................................................................................................19 19 6.56.5 SECURING PURGING OR VENTING SECURING PURGING OR VENTING............................................................................................................................22 22 6.66.6 CONTAINMENT POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT VIA THE CONTAINMENT POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT VIA THE NORMAL SUMP NORMAL SUMP..............................................................................................................................................................................................25 25 6.76.7 STARTING AN ALTERNATE PURGE OF CONTAINMENT STARTING AN ALTERNATE PURGE OF CONTAINMENT..........................................................27 27 6.86.8 STARTING/STOPPING THE PURGE SUPPLY FAN WHILE STARTING/STOPPING THE PURGE SUPPLY FAN WHILE PURGE IS IN OPERATION PURGE IS IN OPERATION............................................................................................................................................................30 30 6.96.9 CYCLE CONTAINMENT PURGE CVsTO CHECK OPERATION CYCLE CONTAINMENT PURGE CVsTO CHECK OPERATION OF SVs (PE 1/2-60-01-O-SA) OF SVs (PE 1/2-60-01-O-SA)....................................................................................................................................................33 33 6.106.10 POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT VIA POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT VIA UNMONITORED RELEASE PATHS UNMONITORED RELEASE PATHS................................................................................................................................35 35 7.07.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES....................................................................................................................................................40 40 8.08.0 BASES BASES.........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................40 40 9.09.0 RECORDS RECORDS........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................40 40 10.010.0 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS......................................................................................................................................................................................................................40 40 OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 3 of 40 Page 3 of 40 Page 3 of 40 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES PAGE NUMBERS PAGE NUMBERS PAGE NUMBERS REVISION REVISION REVISION 1-401-4029 29 APPENDIX APPENDIX APPENDIX REVISION REVISION REVISION 1, PG 11, PG 129 29 2, PGs 1-42, PGs 1-429 29 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS REVISION REVISION REVISION 1A, PGs 1-31A, PGs 1-329 29 1B, PGs 1-3 1B, PGs 1-3 1C, PG 1 1C, PG 1 1D, PG 1 1D, PG 1 PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PAGE NUMBERS PAGE NUMBERS PAGE NUMBERS REVISION/CHANGE REVISION/CHANGE REVISION/CHANGE 10102903 2903 OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 4 of 40 Page 4 of 40 Page 4 of 40 1.0 1.01.0PURPOSE PURPOSE PURPOSE A.A. The purpose of this procedure is to give a detailed description of the operation The purpose of this procedure is to give a detailed description of the operation of the Units 1 and 2 Containment Purge System.
...........................................................................................................................40 40 9.09.0 RECORDS RECORDS........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................40 40 10.010.0 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS......................................................................................................................................................................................................................40 40 OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 3 of 40 Page 3 of 40 Page 3 of 40 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES PAGE NUMBERS PAGE NUMBERS PAGE NUMBERS REVISION REVISION REVISION 1-401-4029 29 APPENDIX APPENDIX APPENDIX REVISION REVISION REVISION 1, PG 11, PG 129 29 2, PGs 1-42, PGs 1-429 29 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS REVISION REVISION REVISION 1A, PGs 1-31A, PGs 1-329 29 1B, PGs 1-3 1B, PGs 1-3 1C, PG 1 1C, PG 1 1D, PG 1 1D, PG 1 PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PAGE NUMBERS PAGE NUMBERS PAGE NUMBERS REVISION/CHANGE REVISION/CHANGE REVISION/CHANGE 10102903 2903 OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 4 of 40 Page 4 of 40 Page 4 of 40 1.0 1.01.0PURPOSE PURPOSE PURPOSE A.A. The purpose of this procedure is to give a detailed description of the operation The purpose of this procedure is to give a detailed description of the operation of the Units 1 and 2 Containment Purge System.
of the Units 1 and 2 Containment Purge System.  
of the Units 1 and 2 Containment Purge System.
[B0154][B0154][B0154]2.0 2.02.0APPLICABILITY/SCOPE APPLICABILITY/SCOPE APPLICABILITY/SCOPE A.A.This procedure places the system in service in preparation for purging, and This procedure places the system in service in preparation for purging, and removes it from service prior to Mode 4 entry.
[B0154][B0154][B0154]2.0 2.02.0APPLICABILITY/SCOPE APPLICABILITY/SCOPE APPLICABILITY/SCOPE A.A.This procedure places the system in service in preparation for purging, and This procedure places the system in service in preparation for purging, and removes it from service prior to Mode 4 entry.
removes it from service prior to Mode 4 entry.
removes it from service prior to Mode 4 entry.
Line 2,652: Line 2,652:
while the fans are in operation, damage to the dampers or ductwork may result.
while the fans are in operation, damage to the dampers or ductwork may result.
F.F.IF IF IF the Transfer Tube Isolation Valve is open,  the Transfer Tube Isolation Valve is open, THEN THEN THEN  MONITOR MONITOR MONITOR Refueling Pool and Spent Fuel Pool levels closely when Refueling Pool and Spent Fuel Pool levels closely when performing any evolution that may create or change differential pressure performing any evolution that may create or change differential pressure between the Containment and Auxiliary Buildings. Unanticipated changes in between the Containment and Auxiliary Buildings. Unanticipated changes in Refueling Pool and Spent Fuel Pool water levels can occur following such Refueling Pool and Spent Fuel Pool water levels can occur following such evolutions.
F.F.IF IF IF the Transfer Tube Isolation Valve is open,  the Transfer Tube Isolation Valve is open, THEN THEN THEN  MONITOR MONITOR MONITOR Refueling Pool and Spent Fuel Pool levels closely when Refueling Pool and Spent Fuel Pool levels closely when performing any evolution that may create or change differential pressure performing any evolution that may create or change differential pressure between the Containment and Auxiliary Buildings. Unanticipated changes in between the Containment and Auxiliary Buildings. Unanticipated changes in Refueling Pool and Spent Fuel Pool water levels can occur following such Refueling Pool and Spent Fuel Pool water levels can occur following such evolutions.
evolutions.
evolutions.
[B0055][B0055][B0055]G.G.Radiation Safety Supervision should be notified of any pending containment Radiation Safety Supervision should be notified of any pending containment purge or vent, since this may cause a change in radiological conditions in purge or vent, since this may cause a change in radiological conditions in containment.
[B0055][B0055][B0055]G.G.Radiation Safety Supervision should be notified of any pending containment Radiation Safety Supervision should be notified of any pending containment purge or vent, since this may cause a change in radiological conditions in purge or vent, since this may cause a change in radiological conditions in containment.
containment.
containment.
Line 2,663: Line 2,663:
The monitors served are required operable only in Modes 1 through 4.
The monitors served are required operable only in Modes 1 through 4.
K.K.Do Do NOT NOT NOT operate the containment purge valves with a differential (containment operate the containment purge valves with a differential (containment pressure) pressure greater than 0.30 PSI.
K.K.Do Do NOT NOT NOT operate the containment purge valves with a differential (containment operate the containment purge valves with a differential (containment pressure) pressure greater than 0.30 PSI.
pressure) pressure greater than 0.30 PSI.
pressure) pressure greater than 0.30 PSI.
[B0200][B0200][B0200]L.L.To ensure SFP ventilation is operable, when the PAL interlocks are defeated To ensure SFP ventilation is operable, when the PAL interlocks are defeated with either the Containment equipment hatch installed with either the Containment equipment hatch installed OR OR OR the Containment the Containment Outage Door (COD) shut, the following lineup is required:
[B0200][B0200][B0200]L.L.To ensure SFP ventilation is operable, when the PAL interlocks are defeated To ensure SFP ventilation is operable, when the PAL interlocks are defeated with either the Containment equipment hatch installed with either the Containment equipment hatch installed OR OR OR the Containment the Containment Outage Door (COD) shut, the following lineup is required:
Outage Door (COD) shut, the following lineup is required:
Outage Door (COD) shut, the following lineup is required:
[B0390][B0390][B0390]The Containment Purge Supply The Containment Purge Supply AND AND AND Exhaust fans must be running Exhaust fans must be running OR OR ORContainment Purge must be secured Containment Purge must be secured M.M.When the outside air temperature is less than or equal to 45 When the outside air temperature is less than or equal to 45F F AND AND AND plant plant heating is not in operation, the Purge Supply fan coils should be isolated and heating is not in operation, the Purge Supply fan coils should be isolated and drained.drained.N.N.IF IF IF Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45 Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45F, F, THEN THEN THEN place Plant Heating in service to maintain Containment temperatures place Plant Heating in service to maintain Containment temperatures greater than 45 greater than 45F F OR OR OR Secure Containment Purge.
[B0390][B0390][B0390]The Containment Purge Supply The Containment Purge Supply AND AND AND Exhaust fans must be running Exhaust fans must be running OR OR ORContainment Purge must be secured Containment Purge must be secured M.M.When the outside air temperature is less than or equal to 45 When the outside air temperature is less than or equal to 45F F AND AND AND plant plant heating is not in operation, the Purge Supply fan coils should be isolated and heating is not in operation, the Purge Supply fan coils should be isolated and drained.drained.N.N.IF IF IF Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45 Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45F, F, THEN THEN THEN place Plant Heating in service to maintain Containment temperatures place Plant Heating in service to maintain Containment temperatures greater than 45 greater than 45F F OR OR OR Secure Containment Purge.
Secure Containment Purge.
Secure Containment Purge.
Line 2,711: Line 2,711:
Purge system must be used.
Purge system must be used.
8.8.Containment pressure is no less than (-)0.30 PSIG and no greater than 0.30 Containment pressure is no less than (-)0.30 PSIG and no greater than 0.30 PSIG on the unit to be purged.
8.8.Containment pressure is no less than (-)0.30 PSIG and no greater than 0.30 Containment pressure is no less than (-)0.30 PSIG and no greater than 0.30 PSIG on the unit to be purged.
PSIG on the unit to be purged.
PSIG on the unit to be purged.
[B0200][B0200][B0200]9.9.Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured.  (OI-35)
[B0200][B0200][B0200]9.9.Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured.  (OI-35)
Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured.  (OI-35) 10.10.Key for the Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is available.
Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured.  (OI-35) 10.10.Key for the Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is available.
Line 2,819: Line 2,819:
7.7.IF IF IF moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment,  moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, THEN THEN THEN all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7)
7.7.IF IF IF moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment,  moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, THEN THEN THEN all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7)
C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7) 8.8.Containment pressure is greater than 0.10 and less than 0.30 PSIG on the unit Containment pressure is greater than 0.10 and less than 0.30 PSIG on the unit to be vented.
C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7) 8.8.Containment pressure is greater than 0.10 and less than 0.30 PSIG on the unit Containment pressure is greater than 0.10 and less than 0.30 PSIG on the unit to be vented.
to be vented.
to be vented.
[B0200][B0200][B0200]9.9.Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured.  (OI-35)
[B0200][B0200][B0200]9.9.Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured.  (OI-35)
Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured.  (OI-35) 10.10.Key for the Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch has been obtained.
Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured.  (OI-35) 10.10.Key for the Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch has been obtained.
Line 2,984: Line 2,984:
Purge system must be used.
Purge system must be used.
8.8.Containment pressure is no less than (-)0.30 PSIG and no greater than 0.30 Containment pressure is no less than (-)0.30 PSIG and no greater than 0.30 PSIG on the unit to be purged.
8.8.Containment pressure is no less than (-)0.30 PSIG and no greater than 0.30 Containment pressure is no less than (-)0.30 PSIG and no greater than 0.30 PSIG on the unit to be purged.
PSIG on the unit to be purged.
PSIG on the unit to be purged.
[B0200][B0200][B0200]9.9.Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured.  (OI-35)
[B0200][B0200][B0200]9.9.Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured.  (OI-35)
Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured.  (OI-35) 10.10.Keys for the Purge Supp & Exh Fans Test/Alt Purge handswitches have been Keys for the Purge Supp & Exh Fans Test/Alt Purge handswitches have been obtained.obtained.B.B.B.Procedure Procedure Procedure  NOTE NOTE NOTE            All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit to be All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit to bevented.vented.      The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.
Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured.  (OI-35) 10.10.Keys for the Purge Supp & Exh Fans Test/Alt Purge handswitches have been Keys for the Purge Supp & Exh Fans Test/Alt Purge handswitches have been obtained.obtained.B.B.B.Procedure Procedure Procedure  NOTE NOTE NOTE            All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit to be All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit to bevented.vented.      The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.

Revision as of 06:38, 12 July 2019

Technical Procedure, Fuel Handling Procedure 305 (FH-305), Core Alterations, Revision 12
ML082680052
Person / Time
Site: Calvert Cliffs  
Issue date: 07/31/2008
From:
Calvert Cliffs
To: David Silk
Operations Branch I
Hansell S
References
Download: ML082680052 (324)
v • d • e


Text

CALVERT CLIFFS NUCLEAR POWER PLANT CALVERT CLIFFS NUCLEAR POWER PLANT CALVERT CLIFFS NUCLEAR POWER PLANT UNIT ONE AND TWO UNIT ONE AND TWO UNIT ONE AND TWO OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINE REVISION 35 REVISION 35 REVISION 35 OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 2 of 130 Page 2 of 130 Page 2 of 130 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE TITLE TITLE PAGE PAGE PAGE 1.01.0 PURPOSE PURPOSE........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................5 5 2.02.0 APPLICABILITY/SCOPE APPLICABILITY/SCOPE..........................................................................................................................................................................................5 5 3.

03.0 REFERENCES

AND DEFINITIONS REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS........................................................................................................................................................5 5 4.04.0 PREREQUISITES PREREQUISITES..................................................................................................................................................................................................................6 6 5.05.0 PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS........................................................................................................................................................................................................................6 6 6.06.0 SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM OPERATION................................................................................................................................................................................................9 9 6.16.1 STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE] USE]....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................9 9 6.26.2 MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

[CONTINUOUS USE] [CONTINUOUS USE]..............................................................................................................................................................................12 12 6.36.3 OPERATION OF THE MAJOR RFM COMPONENT OPERATION OF THE MAJOR RFM COMPONENT CONTROLS [REFERENCE USE] CONTROLS [REFERENCE USE]......................................................................................................................................19 19 6.46.4 ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154]

[REFERENCE USE] [REFERENCE USE]..................................................................................................................................................................................29 29 6.4.B6.4.B Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence..................................................................................................30 30 6.4.C6.4.C Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence..................................................................................................41 41 6.4.D6.4.D Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence..............................................................................................................51 51 6.4.E6.4.E Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence..........................64 64 6.4.F6.4.F Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence..............................................73 73 6.4.G6.4.G Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence..............................................82 82 6.4.H6.4.H Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence..........................93 93 6.4.I6.4.I Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can................................................................... Sequence with a Trash Can...................................................................101 101 6.4.J6.4.J Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can................................................................... Sequence with a Trash Can...................................................................109 109 6.4.K6.4.K Purging the Mast Purging the Mast......................................................................................................................................................................117 117 6.56.5 SECURING THE REFUELING SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE] MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE]........................................................................................................................................124 124 OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 3 of 130 Page 3 of 130 Page 3 of 130 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE TITLE TITLE PAGE PAGE PAGE 6.66.6 OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE WITH THE OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE WITH THE FESTOON CABLE EXTENSION INSTALLED FESTOON CABLE EXTENSION INSTALLED....................................................................................................126 126 7.07.0 POST-PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES POST-PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES....................................................................................................................................................129 129 8.08.0 BASES BASES.........................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................129 129 9.09.0 RECORDS RECORDS........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................129 129 10.010.0 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS......................................................................................................................................................................................................................130 130 OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 4 of 130 Page 4 of 130 Page 4 of 130 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES PAGES PAGES PAGES REVISION REVISION REVISION 1-1301-13035 35 FIGURES FIGURES FIGURES REVISION REVISION REVISION 1A, PG 11A, PG 135 35 1B, PG 1 1B, PG 1 2, PG 1 2, PG 1 3, PG 1 3, PG 1 APPENDIX APPENDIX APPENDIX REVISION REVISION REVISION A, PGs 1-15A, PGs 1-1535 35 B, PGs 1 B, PGs 1 C, PG 1-2 C, PG 1-2 PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PAGES PAGES PAGES REVISION/CHANGES REVISION/CHANGES REVISION/CHANGES 353503500 03500 OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 5 of 130 Page 5 of 130 Page 5 of 130 1.0 1.01.0PURPOSE PURPOSE PURPOSE A.A.The purpose of this procedure is to provide directions for operating the The purpose of this procedure is to provide directions for operating the Refueling Machine (RFM).

Refueling Machine (RFM).

2.0 2.02.0APPLICABILITY/SCOPE APPLICABILITY/SCOPE APPLICABILITY/SCOPE A.A.This procedure will cover the various operational aspects of the RFM, including This procedure will cover the various operational aspects of the RFM, including operation and securing.

operation and securing.

1.1.Section 6.3, which provides detailed instructions for the actual manipulation Section 6.3, which provides detailed instructions for the actual manipulation of the switches for operating the various RFM components, may be of the switches for operating the various RFM components, may be performed from memory, but shall be performed in conjunction with the performed from memory, but shall be performed in conjunction with the applicable subsections of Section 6.4, which provides detailed instructions applicable subsections of Section 6.4, which provides detailed instructions for each move sequence, or in conjunction with APPENDIX A.

for each move sequence, or in conjunction with APPENDIX A.

3.0 3.

03.0REFERENCES

AND DEFINITIONS REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS 3.1 3.13.1DEVELOPMENTAL REFERENCES DEVELOPMENTAL REFERENCES DEVELOPMENTAL REFERENCES A.A.Technical Specification.

Technical Specification.

B.B.Technical Requirements Manual (TRM).

Technical Requirements Manual (TRM).

C.C.Vendor Technical Manuals Vendor Technical Manuals D.D.CNG-HU-1.01-1001, Human Performance Tools and Verification Practices.

CNG-HU-1.01-1001, Human Performance Tools and Verification Practices.

3.2 3.23.2PERFORMANCE REFERENCES PERFORMANCE REFERENCES PERFORMANCE REFERENCES None None 3.3 3.33.3DEFINITIONS DEFINITIONS DEFINITIONS A.A.Fuel Handling Supervisor (FHS)

Fuel Handling Supervisor (FHS) - The FHS is the SRO stationed on the 69 ft - The FHS is the SRO stationed on the 69 ft elevation within the Containment to directly supervise the core alteration elevation within the Containment to directly supervise the core alteration activities with no concurrent duties.

activities with no concurrent duties.

B.B.Refueling Control Room Operator (RCRO)

Refueling Control Room Operator (RCRO) - The RCRO shall be a Licensed - The RCRO shall be a Licensed Operator (RO or SRO) stationed in the Control Room to coordinate the refueling Operator (RO or SRO) stationed in the Control Room to coordinate the refueling activities, maintain the Refueling Status Board, and monitor for reactivity activities, maintain the Refueling Status Board, and monitor for reactivity changes, while maintaining direct communications with the personnel operating changes, while maintaining direct communications with the personnel operating the refueling equipment.

the refueling equipment.

C.C.SNM Transfer Form 2 SNM Transfer Form 2 - This form is the "move sheet" prepared by Nuclear Fuel - This form is the "move sheet" prepared by Nuclear Fuel Management (NFM) to provide administrative control and a tracking mechanism Management (NFM) to provide administrative control and a tracking mechanism for the movement of fuel or other objects which may affect core geometry or for the movement of fuel or other objects which may affect core geometry or actual neutron count rate within the core.

actual neutron count rate within the core.

D.D.Fuel Spotter Fuel Spotter - The Spotter's primary responsibility is to provide additional safety - The Spotter's primary responsibility is to provide additional safety for the fuel and handling equipment (reference APPENDIX B).

for the fuel and handling equipment (reference APPENDIX B).

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 6 of 130 Page 6 of 130 Page 6 of 130 4.0 4.04.0PREREQUISITES PREREQUISITES PREREQUISITES A.A.Prerequisites will vary depending on which section of the procedure is being Prerequisites will vary depending on which section of the procedure is being performed. Prerequisites for each section will be listed as Initial Conditions at performed. Prerequisites for each section will be listed as Initial Conditions at the beginning of the applicable section.

the beginning of the applicable section.

5.0 5.05.0PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS A.A.Prior to performing Core Alterations, direct communications between the Control Prior to performing Core Alterations, direct communications between the Control Room and personnel on the RFM and SFHM shall be established and verified Room and personnel on the RFM and SFHM shall be established and verified (TRM 15.9.2). (TRM 15.9.2).

ALL ALL ALL Core Alterations shall cease if such communications are Core Alterations shall cease if such communications are lost.lost.1.1.The transfer carriage operators shall also be in voice communication with The transfer carriage operators shall also be in voice communication with the Control Room, SFHM, and RFM when the transfer carriage has fuel in the Control Room, SFHM, and RFM when the transfer carriage has fuel in the carriage. At other times, voice communication is the carriage. At other times, voice communication is NOT NOT NOT required.

required.

B.B.ALL ALL ALL RFM equipment shall be thoroughly inspected and tested using RFM equipment shall be thoroughly inspected and tested using APPENDIX A. The responsible System Engineer may schedule the APPENDIX A. The responsible System Engineer may schedule the performance of the PE at anytime.

performance of the PE at anytime.

C.C.All manual handwheels shall be removed from their extension shafts except All manual handwheels shall be removed from their extension shafts except during manual operation.

during manual operation.

D.D.A fuel spotter shall be used anytime the RFM is being moved. Spotter shall be A fuel spotter shall be used anytime the RFM is being moved. Spotter shall be proficient proficient PER PER PER NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.

NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.

[B0167][B0167][B0167]E.E.Core alterations shall be performed under the direct supervision of a Senior Core alterations shall be performed under the direct supervision of a Senior Reactor Operator, designated Fuel Handling Supervisor (FHS)

Reactor Operator, designated Fuel Handling Supervisor (FHS)

AND AND AND stationed stationed on the 69 ft elevation of the Containment of the Unit being refueled.

on the 69 ft elevation of the Containment of the Unit being refueled.

1.1.IF IF IF the Refueling Machine Operator is the Refueling Machine Operator is NOT NOT NOT a licensed Reactor Operator a licensed Reactor Operator qualified on the Refueling Machine, qualified on the Refueling Machine, THEN THEN THEN the FHS shall be located on the RFM platform.

the FHS shall be located on the RFM platform.

F.F.For a dropped or damaged fuel assembly incident in the RFP, the following For a dropped or damaged fuel assembly incident in the RFP, the following conditions shall be established; conditions shall be established; ANY ANY ANY fuel assembly fuel assembly NOT NOT NOT involved is to be involved is to be placed in a safe condition, refueling activities stopped, the area evacuated, and placed in a safe condition, refueling activities stopped, the area evacuated, and the Control Room notified.

the Control Room notified.

G.G.For sudden reductions in RFP level any grappled fuel assembly shall be For sudden reductions in RFP level any grappled fuel assembly shall be immediately immediately lowered as low as practical, and the area shall be evacuated and lowered as low as practical, and the area shall be evacuated and the Control Room notified.

the Control Room notified.

H.H.Extreme caution shall be exercised when operating near the walls to avoid Extreme caution shall be exercised when operating near the walls to avoid camera or mast contact with wall mounted brackets, lights, or piping.

camera or mast contact with wall mounted brackets, lights, or piping.

I.I.IF IF IF an abnormally rising count rate occurs on the monitor while a fuel assembly is an abnormally rising count rate occurs on the monitor while a fuel assembly is being inserted into the core, being inserted into the core, THEN THEN THEN the fuel assembly shall be the fuel assembly shall be immediately immediately returned to its previous position returned to its previous position and the FHS and RCRO notified.

and the FHS and RCRO notified.

[B0270][B0270][B0270]J.J.Life jackets or lifelines are required Life jackets or lifelines are required anytime anytime work is being done within three feet work is being done within three feet of the pool and there is of the pool and there is NOT NOT NOT a handrail between the worker and the water.

a handrail between the worker and the water.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 7 of 130 Page 7 of 130 Page 7 of 130 5.0 5.05.0PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)

K.K.SWP requirements and good radiological work practices must be observed. All SWP requirements and good radiological work practices must be observed. All fluids shall be treated as contaminated unless certified radiologically clean by fluids shall be treated as contaminated unless certified radiologically clean by Plant Chemistry. All components shall be treated as contaminated unless Plant Chemistry. All components shall be treated as contaminated unless certified radiologically clean by Radiation Safety Supervision.

certified radiologically clean by Radiation Safety Supervision.

L.L.Access to the fuel transfer tube access area on the 45 ft Elevation shall be Access to the fuel transfer tube access area on the 45 ft Elevation shall be restricted prior to movement of any fuel through the transfer tube.

restricted prior to movement of any fuel through the transfer tube.

M.M.All fuel assemblies being transferred from the SFP to the core shall be checked All fuel assemblies being transferred from the SFP to the core shall be checked to be shiny (new assembly) or dark (irradiated assembly).

to be shiny (new assembly) or dark (irradiated assembly).

1.1.For core-to-core moves, the assemblies shall be checked to be shiny or dark For core-to-core moves, the assemblies shall be checked to be shiny or dark by the RFM spotter.

by the RFM spotter.

N.N.No one shall board or exit the RFM while it is in motion. Pinch points may be No one shall board or exit the RFM while it is in motion. Pinch points may be created at the side of the pool. The RFM operator SHALL ensure that ALL created at the side of the pool. The RFM operator SHALL ensure that ALL personnel on the RFM are aware of the RFM movements.

personnel on the RFM are aware of the RFM movements.

[B0212][B0212][B0212]O.O.Items (such as radiation meters, life vests, tools) shall Items (such as radiation meters, life vests, tools) shall NOT NOT NOT be placed on the be placed on the bridge floor such that they protrude into the path of the trolley.

bridge floor such that they protrude into the path of the trolley.

P.P.The RFM operator should be cognizant of the ICI platform proximity. Dose rates The RFM operator should be cognizant of the ICI platform proximity. Dose rates are typically higher near the ICI platform are typically higher near the ICI platform AND AND AND may cause alarming dose rate may cause alarming dose rate meters on the RFM to alarm. Also the ICI bridge location is meters on the RFM to alarm. Also the ICI bridge location is NOT NOT NOT programmed programmed into the RFM computer. This can allow the RFM to contact the ICI bridge in the into the RFM computer. This can allow the RFM to contact the ICI bridge in the SEMI-AUTO or AUTO mode of operation.

SEMI-AUTO or AUTO mode of operation.

Q.Q.Rotation of the mast with a fuel assembly present may result in an assembly Rotation of the mast with a fuel assembly present may result in an assembly being placed in the core or SFP with the wrong orientation.

being placed in the core or SFP with the wrong orientation.

1.1.The mast orientation shall be verified to be in agreement with the SNM The mast orientation shall be verified to be in agreement with the SNM Transfer Form 2 prior to lowering into the target location.

Transfer Form 2 prior to lowering into the target location.

R.R.In Mode 6, at least two Wide Range NIs shall be operable, each with continuous In Mode 6, at least two Wide Range NIs shall be operable, each with continuous visual indication in the Control Room visual indication in the Control Room AND AND AND one with audible indication in the one with audible indication in the containment and the Control Room. (Tech Spec 3.9.2) containment and the Control Room. (Tech Spec 3.9.2) 1.1.IF IF IF less than two NIs are operable, less than two NIs are operable, THEN THEN THEN immediately perform the following:

immediately perform the following:

a.a.SUSPEND SUSPEND SUSPEND positive reactivity additions.

positive reactivity additions.

b.b.Suspend operations that would cause introduction of coolant into the Suspend operations that would cause introduction of coolant into the RCS with boron concentration less than that required to meet the RCS with boron concentration less than that required to meet the minimum boron concentration of LCO 3.9.1.

minimum boron concentration of LCO 3.9.1.

c.c.ANY ANY ANY fuel assembly/CEA in transit shall be moved to a safe fuel assembly/CEA in transit shall be moved to a safe configuration (away from the core).

configuration (away from the core).

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 8 of 130 Page 8 of 130 Page 8 of 130 5.0 5.05.0PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)

S.S.After the FHS has double checked the SNM Form 2 "TO" location and the FUEL After the FHS has double checked the SNM Form 2 "TO" location and the FUEL SELECTOR switch position with the RCRO, an independent verification of the SELECTOR switch position with the RCRO, an independent verification of the"TO" location coordinates "TO" location coordinates AND AND AND the FUEL SELECTOR switch position shall be the FUEL SELECTOR switch position shall be performed (N/A if operating the RFM in AUTO with NO SNM form 2 on the performed (N/A if operating the RFM in AUTO with NO SNM form 2 on the bridge).bridge).T.T.After an assembly has been placed into the core, a visual check that a fuel After an assembly has been placed into the core, a visual check that a fuel assembly is present in the "TO" location shall be performed by the FHS and/or assembly is present in the "TO" location shall be performed by the FHS and/or RFM spotter, RFM spotter, AND AND AND the RCRO shall be notified of the check completion.

the RCRO shall be notified of the check completion.

U.U.Prior to preparations for core alterations (machine checkout), a binocular Prior to preparations for core alterations (machine checkout), a binocular inspection has been completed of all equipment paths for foreign material inspection has been completed of all equipment paths for foreign material interference.

interference.

V.V.If the camera is not available to provide visual verification of the grapple If the camera is not available to provide visual verification of the grapple position, the RFM operator should ensure via the RFM spotter, that the grapple position, the RFM operator should ensure via the RFM spotter, that the grapple has been rotated in the correct position when grappling and ungrappling a fuel has been rotated in the correct position when grappling and ungrappling a fuel assembly.assembly.W.W.The RFM operator should ensure via the RFM spotter, that the camera is The RFM operator should ensure via the RFM spotter, that the camera is properly orientated to avoid any interferences.

properly orientated to avoid any interferences.

X.X.CREVS operable per Tech Spec 3.7.8.

CREVS operable per Tech Spec 3.7.8.

Y.Y.CRETS operable per Tech Spec 3.7.9.

CRETS operable per Tech Spec 3.7.9.

Z.Z.Evolutions should be stopped and the SM/FHS notified immediately of any Evolutions should be stopped and the SM/FHS notified immediately of any abnormal or unexpected indications received during the operation of the RFM.

abnormal or unexpected indications received during the operation of the RFM.

AA.AA.The EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton provides for quick stop response of the The EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton provides for quick stop response of the RFM equipment. If the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton is depressed, the RFM equipment. If the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton is depressed, the operator must wait at least 60 seconds before resetting the Emergency Stop.

operator must wait at least 60 seconds before resetting the Emergency Stop.

Resetting the Emergency Stop earlier could result in breakers tripping and Resetting the Emergency Stop earlier could result in breakers tripping and possible damage to drive controllers.

possible damage to drive controllers.

AB.AB.The HOIST MAX OVERLOAD pushbutton bypasses the overload cutoff limit of The HOIST MAX OVERLOAD pushbutton bypasses the overload cutoff limit of 3500#, which is required by TRM 15.9.3.

3500#, which is required by TRM 15.9.3.

AC.AC.DO DO NOT NOT NOT use the COMPUTER OVERRIDE Keyswitch without procedural use the COMPUTER OVERRIDE Keyswitch without procedural guidance due to that it will override guidance due to that it will override ALL ALL interlocks.

interlocks.

AD.AD.Due to possible damage of the festoon cable, the Refueling Bridge should Due to possible damage of the festoon cable, the Refueling Bridge should NOT NOT NOT be moved past the coordinate of 890. Extreme caution should be used if bridge be moved past the coordinate of 890. Extreme caution should be used if bridge is driven past this coordinate.

is driven past this coordinate.

AE.AE.The Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

AF.AF.This procedure has been reviewed for Risk Based Verification Practices. No This procedure has been reviewed for Risk Based Verification Practices. No specific steps were identified. The SM, CRS, or any other person involved with specific steps were identified. The SM, CRS, or any other person involved with the task may designate steps requiring the use of Verification Practices.

the task may designate steps requiring the use of Verification Practices.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 9 of 130 Page 9 of 130 Page 9 of 130 6.0 6.06.0SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM OPERATION 6.1 6.16.1STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE]

STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE]

STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE]

A.A.A.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions 1.1.A SWP is approved for the Refueling Machine activities.

A SWP is approved for the Refueling Machine activities.

2.2.The Refueling Machine Console has been installed and connected.

The Refueling Machine Console has been installed and connected.

3.3.All manual handwheels are removed from their extension shafts.

All manual handwheels are removed from their extension shafts.

4.4.ALL ALL ALL RFM equipment shall be thoroughly inspected and tested using RFM equipment shall be thoroughly inspected and tested using APPENDIX A if the RFM has been shutdown for greater than 90 days. The APPENDIX A if the RFM has been shutdown for greater than 90 days. The responsible System Engineer may schedule the performance of the PE at responsible System Engineer may schedule the performance of the PE at anytime. (N/A Initial Condition 4, if performing PE 0-81-2-0-R) anytime. (N/A Initial Condition 4, if performing PE 0-81-2-0-R) 5.5.Power is available to the Refueling Machine.

Power is available to the Refueling Machine.

6.6.Instrument Air is available to the Refueling Machine.

Instrument Air is available to the Refueling Machine.

B.B.B.Procedure Procedure Procedure NOTE NOTE NOTE 1L19 is located on U-1 Cntmt 45' NE corner biowall. 2L18 is located on U-2 Cntmt 45' SE 1L19 is located on U-1 Cntmt 45' NE corner biowall. 2L18 is located on U-2 Cntmt 45' SEcorner biowall.

corner biowall.

1.1.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY Power is aligned to the appropriate unit Refueling machine Power is aligned to the appropriate unit Refueling machine PER PER PER the the following:

following:Feeder Breaker 52-10517 (52-20517) is ON.

Feeder Breaker 52-10517 (52-20517) is ON.BOTH BOTH BOTH Pool side disconnects are SHUT.

Pool side disconnects are SHUT.P-Panel Breaker 1L19-28 (2L18-27) is ON.

P-Panel Breaker 1L19-28 (2L18-27) is ON.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 10 of 130 Page 10 of 130 Page 10 of 130 6.1.B 6.1.B6.1.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Refueling Machine Start-Up Section is written to assume that the system usage is for fuel Refueling Machine Start-Up Section is written to assume that the system usage is for fuelhandling.

handling. IF IF IF the Start-up of the system is for testing of interlocks the Start-up of the system is for testing of interlocks OR OR OR Post maintenance testing, Post maintenance testing, THEN THEN THEN initial conditions and steps may be omitted with the concurrence of the SM initial conditions and steps may be omitted with the concurrence of the SM OR OR ORCRS.CRS.

2.2.IF IF IF the Refueling Machine is being started up from a long term shutdown the Refueling Machine is being started up from a long term shutdown (shutdown longer than 90 days), (shutdown longer than 90 days), THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following: NOTE NOTE NOTE Refer to FIGURE 3, Refer to FIGURE 3, RFM SPREADER ARM RFM SPREADER ARM for step B.2.a.

for step B.2.a.

a.a.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the pins for both spreader arms are in the OPERATE position.

the pins for both spreader arms are in the OPERATE position.

b.b.COMPLETE COMPLETE COMPLETE APPENDIX A, APPENDIX A, REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT (N/A if startup of system is for testing of interlocks, maintenance or post (N/A if startup of system is for testing of interlocks, maintenance or post maintenance testing).

maintenance testing).

c.c.IF IF IF Refueling Operations will begin, Refueling Operations will begin, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE APPENDIX C, APPENDIX C, REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST is is complete.

complete.

[B0408][B0408][B0408] (N/A if performed as part of APPENDIX A) (N/A if performed as part of APPENDIX A)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE OI-22D, OI-22D, FUEL HANDLING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM FUEL HANDLING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM APPENDIX C, APPENDIX C, VENTILATION WALKDOWN CHECKLIST VENTILATION WALKDOWN CHECKLIST is complete.

is complete.

[B0408][B0408][B0408]

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 11 of 130 Page 11 of 130 Page 11 of 130 6.1.B 6.1.B6.1.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 3.3.IF IF IF the Refueling Machine is being started up from a short term shutdown the Refueling Machine is being started up from a short term shutdown (shutdown 90 days or less), (shutdown 90 days or less), THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.PLACE PLACE PLACE the MAIN BREAKER to ON. (located on back of RFM Console.)

the MAIN BREAKER to ON. (located on back of RFM Console.)

b.b.DEPRESS DEPRESS DEPRESS the POWER ON pushbutton on the console panel.

the POWER ON pushbutton on the console panel.

c.c.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the HEATER ON light is extinguished.

the HEATER ON light is extinguished.

d.d.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the PLC ACTIVE light is flashing. (Located on the right side of the the PLC ACTIVE light is flashing. (Located on the right side of the RFM Console.)

RFM Console.)

e.e.IF IF IF the computer is available, the computer is available, THEN THEN THEN log on to the computer as follows:

log on to the computer as follows:

(1)(1)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the LOG ON touch pad.

the LOG ON touch pad.

(2)(2)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH in the user name (normal fuel moves will be "FHS")

in the user name (normal fuel moves will be "FHS")

AND AND AND TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the ENTER touch pad.

the ENTER touch pad.

(3)(3)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the ENTER PASSWORD touch pad.

the ENTER PASSWORD touch pad.

(4)(4)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH in the password (normal fuel moves will again be "FHS")

in the password (normal fuel moves will again be "FHS")

AND AND AND TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the ENTER touch pad.

the ENTER touch pad.

(5)(5)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the PRESS FOR OPERATION touch pad.

the PRESS FOR OPERATION touch pad.

f.f.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE a complete copy of APPENDIX A, a complete copy of APPENDIX A, REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT CHECK OUT has been completed within the last 90 days (N/A if startup of has been completed within the last 90 days (N/A if startup of system is for testing of interlocks, maintenance or post maintenance testing).

system is for testing of interlocks, maintenance or post maintenance testing).

g.g.IF IF IF Refueling Operations will begin, Refueling Operations will begin, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE APPENDIX C, APPENDIX C, REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST is is complete.

complete.

[B0408][B0408][B0408] (N/A if performed as part of APPENDIX A) (N/A if performed as part of APPENDIX A)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE OI-22D, OI-22D, FUEL HANDLING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM FUEL HANDLING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM APPENDIX C, APPENDIX C, VENTILATION WALKDOWN CHECKLIST VENTILATION WALKDOWN CHECKLIST is complete.

is complete.

[B0408][B0408][B0408]**** END ****

        • END ****
        • END ****

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 12 of 130 Page 12 of 130 Page 12 of 130 6.2 6.26.2MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE]

MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE]

MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE]

A.A.A.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions 1.1.A SWP is approved for performance of the refueling activities to be performed A SWP is approved for performance of the refueling activities to be performed within this procedure.

within this procedure.

2.2.The RCSS has been notified of the moves to be performed within this The RCSS has been notified of the moves to be performed within this procedure.

procedure.

3.3.Bridge and trolley rails and intended path of mast are clear of interferences.

Bridge and trolley rails and intended path of mast are clear of interferences.

4.4.The clarity and lighting of the Refueling Pool is adequate to allow the verification The clarity and lighting of the Refueling Pool is adequate to allow the verification that the mast is free of obstructions prior to movement.

that the mast is free of obstructions prior to movement.

5.5.A spotter (PPO, RFHM qualified personel, or personnel designated by the AOM A spotter (PPO, RFHM qualified personel, or personnel designated by the AOM shall be used if operating mast/grapple to grapple core components) is available shall be used if operating mast/grapple to grapple core components) is available to observe fuel movement to observe fuel movement

[B0167][B0167][B0167]6.6.Startup of the Refueling Machine has been completed Startup of the Refueling Machine has been completed PER PER PER Section 6.1, Section 6.1, STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

..B.B.B.Procedure Procedure ProcedureCAUTION CAUTION CAUTION ALL ALL ALL electrical interlocks are inoperative during manual operation.

electrical interlocks are inoperative during manual operation. When working with the handwheels over the RFP, the handwheels are required to be When working with the handwheels over the RFP, the handwheels are required to betethered except when installed and being operated.

tethered except when installed and being operated. NOTE NOTE NOTE When actuating the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton, allow 60 seconds before resetting When actuating the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton, allow 60 seconds before resettingthe emergency stop to prevent causing a lockup of the PLC (Programmable Logic the emergency stop to prevent causing a lockup of the PLC (Programmable LogicController).

Controller).

1.1.DEPRESS DEPRESS DEPRESS the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton AND AND AND ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE SYSTEM SYSTEM FAULT is indicated on the CRT.

FAULT is indicated on the CRT.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 13 of 130 Page 13 of 130 Page 13 of 130 6.2.B 6.2.B6.2.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 2, 3 and 4 may be performed as necessary in any order.

Steps 2, 3 and 4 may be performed as necessary in any order.

2.2.OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the bridge as follows:

the bridge as follows:

a.a.IF IF IF it is necessary it manually move the bridge greater than 12 inches, it is necessary it manually move the bridge greater than 12 inches, THEN THEN THEN CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at TB2 on the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at TB2 on the bridge API motor drive disconnected before continuing.

the bridge API motor drive disconnected before continuing.

b.b.INSTALL INSTALL INSTALL the handwheel on the input shaft extension of the gear reducer.

the handwheel on the input shaft extension of the gear reducer. NOTE NOTE NOTE With the brake released, the bridge can be pushed by hand if it becomes necessary to With the brake released, the bridge can be pushed by hand if it becomes necessary tomove it a long distance. The brake automatically resets when the motor is re-energized.

move it a long distance. The brake automatically resets when the motor is re-energized.

c.c.RELEASE RELEASE RELEASE the motor brake attached to the front end of the drive motor by the motor brake attached to the front end of the drive motor by moving the brake release lever on the side of the brake housing 90 moving the brake release lever on the side of the brake housing 90clockwise.

clockwise.

d.d.OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the handwheel as needed.

the handwheel as needed.

3.3.OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the trolley as follows:

the trolley as follows:

a.a.IF IF IF it is necessary it manually move the trolley greater than 12 inches, it is necessary it manually move the trolley greater than 12 inches, THEN THEN THEN CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at TB2 on the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at TB2 on the trolley API motor drive disconnected before continuing.

the trolley API motor drive disconnected before continuing.

b.b.INSTALL INSTALL INSTALL the handwheel on the input shaft extension of the gear reducer.

the handwheel on the input shaft extension of the gear reducer. NOTE NOTE NOTE The brake automatically resets when the motor is re-energized.

The brake automatically resets when the motor is re-energized.

c.c.RELEASE RELEASE RELEASE the motor brake attached to the front end of the drive motor by the motor brake attached to the front end of the drive motor by moving the brake release lever on the side of the brake housing 90 moving the brake release lever on the side of the brake housing 90clockwise.

clockwise.

d.d.IF IF IF necessary for ease of operation, necessary for ease of operation, THEN THEN THEN NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY Mechanical Maintenance to uncouple the trolley drive motor Mechanical Maintenance to uncouple the trolley drive motor shaft coupling to reduce the handwheel torque required during manual shaft coupling to reduce the handwheel torque required during manual operation.

operation.

e.e.OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the handwheel as needed.

the handwheel as needed.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 14 of 130 Page 14 of 130 Page 14 of 130 6.2.B 6.2.B6.2.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONManual operation of the hoist should only be used to place a fuel assembly in a safe Manual operation of the hoist should only be used to place a fuel assembly in a safecondition. Manual operation of the hoist does not provide an overload cutoff as required condition. Manual operation of the hoist does not provide an overload cutoff as requiredby Tech. Specs.

by Tech. Specs.

4.4.OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the hoist as follows:

the hoist as follows:

a.a.REMOVE REMOVE REMOVE the protective cover from the extension shaft provided on the the protective cover from the extension shaft provided on the redundant brake housing.

redundant brake housing.

b.b.INSTALL INSTALL INSTALL the handwheel on the extension shaft provided on the redundant the handwheel on the extension shaft provided on the redundant brake housing.

brake housing.WARNING WARNING WARNING When releasing the last of either of the two brakes, resisting torque shall be applied to When releasing the last of either of the two brakes, resisting torque shall be applied tothe handwheel to prevent the hoist from lowering.

the handwheel to prevent the hoist from lowering. If the handwheel starts freewheeling, immediately reset either brake.

If the handwheel starts freewheeling, immediately reset either brake.

c.c.While applying resisting torque to the handwheel, While applying resisting torque to the handwheel, RELEASE RELEASE RELEASE BOTH BOTH the the motor brake and the redundant brake by turning the knob clockwise.

motor brake and the redundant brake by turning the knob clockwise.

d.d.OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the handwheel as needed to raise or lower the hoist.

the handwheel as needed to raise or lower the hoist.

e.e.IF IF IF required to hold the hoist stationary at any position above the down required to hold the hoist stationary at any position above the down (mechanical) stop, (mechanical) stop, THEN THEN THEN RESET RESET RESET BOTH BOTH brakes. brakes.f.f.WHEN WHEN WHEN manual operation of the hoist is complete, manual operation of the hoist is complete, THEN THEN THEN INSTALL INSTALL INSTALL the protective cover over the extension shaft provided on the protective cover over the extension shaft provided on the redundant brake housing.

the redundant brake housing.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 15 of 130 Page 15 of 130 Page 15 of 130 6.2.B 6.2.B6.2.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 5.5.OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the mast rotate drive as follows:

the mast rotate drive as follows:

a.a.IF IF IF it is necessary it manually move the mast greater than 30 it is necessary it manually move the mast greater than 30, , THEN THEN THEN CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at TB2 on the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at TB2 on the mast API motor drive disconnected before continuing.

the mast API motor drive disconnected before continuing.

b.b.INSTALL INSTALL INSTALL the handwheel on the mast rotate pinion shaft above the output the handwheel on the mast rotate pinion shaft above the output end of the rotate drive.

end of the rotate drive.

c.c.SHUT SHUT SHUT U-1(2) RFM MAST DETENT 1(2)SV0517/MDD ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1632, to U-1(2) RFM MAST DETENT 1(2)SV0517/MDD ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1632, to secure air to the mast detent.

secure air to the mast detent.

d.d.ADJUST ADJUST ADJUST the associated air regulator to approximately 0 PSIG to vent air the associated air regulator to approximately 0 PSIG to vent air from the mast detent.

from the mast detent.

e.e.DISENGAGE DISENGAGE DISENGAGE the mast detent pin by pulling up on the pin manually.

the mast detent pin by pulling up on the pin manually.

f.f.ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE the mast as needed.

the mast as needed.

6.6.Manually Manually OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the grapple as follows:

the grapple as follows: NOTE NOTE NOTE With power off, the grapple actuator solenoid coils are de-energized allowing manual With power off, the grapple actuator solenoid coils are de-energized allowing manualoperation. If necessary, a backup method may be used to manually open the grapple by operation. If necessary, a backup method may be used to manually open the grapple byisolating the grapple air supply isolating the grapple air supply AND AND AND venting off the pressure (disconnect the grapple air venting off the pressure (disconnect the grapple airlines).lines).

a.a.IF IF IF removed, removed, THEN THEN THEN ATTACH ATTACH ATTACH the grapple manual operating lever onto the grapple the grapple manual operating lever onto the grapple actuator shaft actuator shaft AND AND AND OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE as needed.

as needed.

b.b.IF IF IF it becomes necessary to manually open the grapple using the backup it becomes necessary to manually open the grapple using the backup method, method, THEN THEN THEN SHUT SHUT SHUT U-1(2) RFM GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE 1(2)SV0517/GO/GC U-1(2) RFM GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE 1(2)SV0517/GO/GC ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1630, the grapple air supply ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1630, the grapple air supply AND AND AND DISCONNECT DISCONNECT DISCONNECT the grapple the grapple air lines. This will vent off the pressure, allowing the grapple to open when air lines. This will vent off the pressure, allowing the grapple to open when cable slack occurs (no downward force on the grapple).

cable slack occurs (no downward force on the grapple).

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 16 of 130 Page 16 of 130 Page 16 of 130 6.2.B 6.2.B6.2.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 7.7.IF IF IF restoring power restoring power AND AND AND continued movement using the RFM is desired, continued movement using the RFM is desired, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.SECURE SECURE SECURE from manual RFM operation as follows:

from manual RFM operation as follows:

(1)(1)REMOVE REMOVE REMOVE the handwheel from the bridge gear reducer input shaft the handwheel from the bridge gear reducer input shaft extension.

extension.(a)(a)IF IF IF the motor connector at TB2 on the bridge API motor drive was the motor connector at TB2 on the bridge API motor drive was disconnected, disconnected, THEN THEN THEN CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at TB2 on the bridge API motor drive reconnected before continuing.

TB2 on the bridge API motor drive reconnected before continuing.

(2)(2)REMOVE REMOVE REMOVE the handwheel from the trolley gear reducer input shaft the handwheel from the trolley gear reducer input shaft extension.

extension.(a)(a)IF IF IF the motor connector at TB2 on the trolley API motor drive was the motor connector at TB2 on the trolley API motor drive was disconnected, disconnected, THEN THEN THEN CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at TB2 on the trolley API motor drive reconnected before continuing.

TB2 on the trolley API motor drive reconnected before continuing.(b)(b)IF IF IF uncoupled, uncoupled, THEN THEN THEN NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY Mechanical Maintenance to recouple the trolley Mechanical Maintenance to recouple the trolley drive gear motor shaft coupling.

drive gear motor shaft coupling.

(3)(3)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE BOTH BOTH brakes are reset brakes are reset AND AND AND REMOVE REMOVE REMOVE the handwheel from the handwheel from the hoist redundant brake housing extension shaft.

the hoist redundant brake housing extension shaft.

(4)(4)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the protective cover is installed over the extension shaft the protective cover is installed over the extension shaft provided on the redundant brake housing.

provided on the redundant brake housing.

(5)(5)REMOVE REMOVE REMOVE the handwheel from the mast rotate pinion shaft of the mast the handwheel from the mast rotate pinion shaft of the mast rotate drive rotate drive AND AND AND ENGAGE ENGAGE ENGAGE the mast detent pin.

the mast detent pin.(a)(a)IF IF IF the motor connector at TB2 on the mast API motor drive was the motor connector at TB2 on the mast API motor drive was disconnected, disconnected, THEN THEN THEN CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at TB2 on the mast API motor drive reconnected before continuing.

TB2 on the mast API motor drive reconnected before continuing.

(6)(6)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE OPEN OPEN OPEN U-1(2) RFM MAST DETENT 1(2)SV0517/MDD ISOL, U-1(2) RFM MAST DETENT 1(2)SV0517/MDD ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1632, 1(2)-IA-1632, AND AND AND the associated air regulator adjusted as necessary the associated air regulator adjusted as necessary to maintain 70 +/- 5 PSIG.

to maintain 70 +/- 5 PSIG.

(7)(7)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the grapple manual operating lever from the grapple actuator the grapple manual operating lever from the grapple actuator shaft is removed.

shaft is removed.

(8)(8)IF IF IF the backup method for opening the grapple was used, the backup method for opening the grapple was used, THEN THEN THEN RE-CONNECT RE-CONNECT RE-CONNECT the grapple air lines the grapple air lines AND AND AND OPEN OPEN OPEN U-1(2) RFM U-1(2) RFM GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE 1(2)SV0517/GO/GC ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1630,the GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE 1(2)SV0517/GO/GC ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1630,the grapple air supply.

grapple air supply.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 17 of 130 Page 17 of 130 Page 17 of 130 6.2.B.7.a 6.2.B.7.a6.2.B.7.aProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE When the EMERGENCY STOP has been activated, allow 60 seconds before resetting to When the EMERGENCY STOP has been activated, allow 60 seconds before resetting toprevent causing a lockup of the PLC (Programmable Logic Controller).

prevent causing a lockup of the PLC (Programmable Logic Controller).

(9)(9)RESET RESET RESET the EMERGENCY STOP by rotating the pushbutton clockwise the EMERGENCY STOP by rotating the pushbutton clockwise until it pops out until it pops out AND AND AND ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the SYSTEM FAULT indication goes the SYSTEM FAULT indication goes out.out.(10)(10)IF IF IF a fuel assembly was lowered, to place it in a safe condition, into a a fuel assembly was lowered, to place it in a safe condition, into a location other than its desired destination of the move sequence, location other than its desired destination of the move sequence, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following: (a)(a)RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the fuel the hoist until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the fuel hoist.hoist.(b)(b)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the spreader is up.

the spreader is up.(c)(c)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the camera selector switch is in vertical.

the camera selector switch is in vertical.(d)(d)RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the up limit the hoist to the up limit AND AND AND CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE movement movement PER PER PER the appropriate Section 6.4 move sequence in use prior to the the appropriate Section 6.4 move sequence in use prior to the power loss.

power loss.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 18 of 130 Page 18 of 130 Page 18 of 130 6.2.B 6.2.B6.2.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 8.8.To completely secure the RFM from manual operation, To completely secure the RFM from manual operation, PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.REMOVE REMOVE REMOVE the handwheel from the bridge gear reducer input shaft extension.

the handwheel from the bridge gear reducer input shaft extension.

b.b.REMOVE REMOVE REMOVE the handwheel from the trolley gear reducer input shaft extension.

the handwheel from the trolley gear reducer input shaft extension.

(1)(1)IF IF IF uncoupled, uncoupled, THEN THEN THEN RECOUPLE RECOUPLE RECOUPLE the trolley drive gear motor shaft coupling.

the trolley drive gear motor shaft coupling.

c.c.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE BOTH BOTH brakes are reset brakes are reset AND AND AND REMOVE REMOVE REMOVE the handwheel from the the handwheel from the hoist load brake housing extension shaft.

hoist load brake housing extension shaft.

d.d.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the protective cover is installed over the extension shaft provided the protective cover is installed over the extension shaft provided on the redundant brake housing.

on the redundant brake housing.

e.e.REMOVE REMOVE REMOVE the handwheel from the mast rotate pinion shaft of the mast the handwheel from the mast rotate pinion shaft of the mast rotate drive rotate drive AND AND AND ENGAGE ENGAGE ENGAGE the mast detent pin.

the mast detent pin.

f.f.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE OPEN OPEN OPEN U-1(2) RFM MAST DETENT 1(2)SV0517/MDD ISOL, U-1(2) RFM MAST DETENT 1(2)SV0517/MDD ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1632, 1(2)-IA-1632, AND AND AND the associated air regulator adjusted as the associated air regulator adjusted as necessary to maintain 70 +/- 5 PSIG.

necessary to maintain 70 +/- 5 PSIG.

g.g.REMOVE REMOVE REMOVE the grapple manual operating lever from the grapple actuator the grapple manual operating lever from the grapple actuator shaft.shaft.h.h.IF IF IF the backup method for opening the grapple was used, the backup method for opening the grapple was used, THEN THEN THEN RE-CONNECT RE-CONNECT RE-CONNECT the grapple air lines.

the grapple air lines.

i.i.PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Section 6.5, to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE

..**** END ****

        • END ****
        • END ****

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 19 of 130 Page 19 of 130 Page 19 of 130 6.3 6.36.3OPERATION OF THE MAJOR RFM COMPONENT CONTROLS [REFERENCE USE]

OPERATION OF THE MAJOR RFM COMPONENT CONTROLS [REFERENCE USE]

OPERATION OF THE MAJOR RFM COMPONENT CONTROLS [REFERENCE USE]

A.A.A.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions NOTE NOTE NOTE This section provides the directions for operation of the various RFM component controls This section provides the directions for operation of the various RFM component controlsand switches and the steps may be performed in any order. This section may be and switches and the steps may be performed in any order. This section may beperformed from memory, but shall be performed in conjunction with the applicable performed from memory, but shall be performed in conjunction with the applicablesequence of movement for the RFM as directed in the applicable subsection of sequence of movement for the RFM as directed in the applicable subsection ofSection 6.4 Section 6.4 OR OR OR APPENDIX A.

APPENDIX A.

1.1.Power is available to the RFM.

Power is available to the RFM.

2.2.Instrument Air is available to the RFM.

Instrument Air is available to the RFM.

3.3.Startup of the Refueling Machine has been completed Startup of the Refueling Machine has been completed PER PER PER Section 6.1, Section 6.1, STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE. (N/A if performing APPENDIX A,. (N/A if performing APPENDIX A, REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT

.).)B.B.B.Procedure Procedure ProcedureCAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONIf the bridge is to be used as a working platform, the hoist must be maintained in the full If the bridge is to be used as a working platform, the hoist must be maintained in the fullup position.

up position.

1.1.MANUALLY MANUALLY MANUALLY OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the bridge as follows:

the bridge as follows:

a.a.IF IF IF the bridge is to be used as a working platform, the bridge is to be used as a working platform, THEN THEN THEN ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the hoist is in the full up position.

the hoist is in the full up position. NOTE NOTE NOTE Bridge operation is restricted to the slow speed range when approaching a restricted Bridge operation is restricted to the slow speed range when approaching a restrictedzone. To prevent a BRIDGE TROLLEY LOCKOUT, a loaded hoist must be in the zone. To prevent a BRIDGE TROLLEY LOCKOUT, a loaded hoist must be in theFUEL AND HOIST region, FUEL AND HOIST region, AND AND AND an unloaded hoist must be above the LOW ZONE (150" an unloaded hoist must be above the LOW ZONE (150"at the upender, 268" over the core).

at the upender, 268" over the core).

b.b.MOVE MOVE MOVE the control lever toward the direction of desired travel (LEFT or the control lever toward the direction of desired travel (LEFT or RIGHT). Speed is proportional to switch displacement from the neutral RIGHT). Speed is proportional to switch displacement from the neutral position. (Maximum speed is 50 feet per minute.)

position. (Maximum speed is 50 feet per minute.)

c.c.SLOWLY SLOWLY SLOWLY RELEASE RELEASE RELEASE the control lever to stop the bridge.

the control lever to stop the bridge.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 20 of 130 Page 20 of 130 Page 20 of 130 6.3.B 6.3.B6.3.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 2.2.OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the trolley as follows:

the trolley as follows: NOTE NOTE NOTE Trolley speed is restricted to the slow speed range when approaching a restricted zone.

Trolley speed is restricted to the slow speed range when approaching a restricted zone. To prevent a BRIDGE TROLLEY LOCKOUT, a loaded hoist must be in the FUEL AND To prevent a BRIDGE TROLLEY LOCKOUT, a loaded hoist must be in the FUEL ANDHOIST region, HOIST region, AND AND AND an unloaded hoist must be above the LOW ZONE (150" at the an unloaded hoist must be above the LOW ZONE (150" at theupender, 268" over the core).

upender, 268" over the core).

a.a.MOVE MOVE MOVE the control lever toward the direction of desired travel (FORWARD or the control lever toward the direction of desired travel (FORWARD or REVERSE). Speed is proportional to switch displacement from the neutral REVERSE). Speed is proportional to switch displacement from the neutral position. (Maximum speed is 50 feet per minute.)

position. (Maximum speed is 50 feet per minute.)

b.b.SLOWLY SLOWLY SLOWLY RELEASE RELEASE RELEASE the control lever to stop the trolley.

the control lever to stop the trolley. NOTE NOTE NOTE Hoist Load Bypass must be used by momentarily pulling out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS Hoist Load Bypass must be used by momentarily pulling out the HOIST LOAD BYPASSpushbutton, to lower an empty hoist due to an underload condition pushbutton, to lower an empty hoist due to an underload condition 3.3.OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the hoist as follows:

the hoist as follows:

a.a.MOVE MOVE MOVE the operating lever toward the direction of desired travel (Up or the operating lever toward the direction of desired travel (Up or Down). Speed is proportional to lever displacement from the neutral Down). Speed is proportional to lever displacement from the neutral position. (Maximum speed is 18 feet per minute.)

position. (Maximum speed is 18 feet per minute.)

b.b.RELEASE RELEASE RELEASE the lever to stop the hoist.

the lever to stop the hoist.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION The spreader CANNOT be extended when over the upender.

The spreader CANNOT be extended when over the upender. The Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

4.4.OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the spreader as follows:

the spreader as follows:

a.a.PLACE PLACE PLACE the FUEL SPREADER selector switch in the desired position the FUEL SPREADER selector switch in the desired position (RETRACT or EXTEND).(RETRACT or EXTEND).

(1)(1)The spreader should The spreader should only only be actuated over the core and with the fuel be actuated over the core and with the fuel hoist box fully extended.

hoist box fully extended.WHEN WHEN WHEN the spreader is fully extended, the spreader is fully extended, THEN THEN THEN FUEL SPREADER EXTENDED is indicated on the CRT.

FUEL SPREADER EXTENDED is indicated on the CRT.WHEN WHEN WHEN the spreader is fully retracted, the spreader is fully retracted, THEN THEN THEN the FUEL SPREADER RETRACTED light should be lit the FUEL SPREADER RETRACTED light should be lit AND AND AND FUEL SPREADER RETRACTED indicated on the CRT.

FUEL SPREADER RETRACTED indicated on the CRT.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 21 of 130 Page 21 of 130 Page 21 of 130 6.3.B 6.3.B6.3.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION The mast shall be rotated to keep the TV camera clear of the core support barrel The mast shall be rotated to keep the TV camera clear of the core support barrelwhen operating outside of the core clear area.

when operating outside of the core clear area. The TV camera must be vertical to permit mast rotation.

The TV camera must be vertical to permit mast rotation.

5.5.OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the TV Camera as follows:

the TV Camera as follows:

a.a.IF IF IF desired to tilt the TV Camera, desired to tilt the TV Camera, THEN THEN THEN DEPRESS DEPRESS DEPRESS the CAMERA TILT pushbutton. (Camera tilt is indicated the CAMERA TILT pushbutton. (Camera tilt is indicated by the CAMERA TILT pushbutton being lit and CAMERA TILT indication on by the CAMERA TILT pushbutton being lit and CAMERA TILT indication on the CRT.)the CRT.)b.b.IF IF IF desired to return the TV Camera to vertical, desired to return the TV Camera to vertical, THEN THEN THEN PULL-OUT the CAMERA TILT pushbutton.

PULL-OUT the CAMERA TILT pushbutton. NOTE NOTE NOTE The grapple is operable only when in the upper or lower grapple operate zone. Indicator The grapple is operable only when in the upper or lower grapple operate zone. Indicatorlights are provided for both zones.

lights are provided for both zones.

6.6.For grapple operation, For grapple operation, PLACE PLACE PLACE the GRAPPLE SELECTOR switch in the the GRAPPLE SELECTOR switch in the desired position (OPEN or CLOSE) desired position (OPEN or CLOSE)

AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK the appropriate indication:

the appropriate indication:GRAPPLE CLOSED light and GRAPPLE CLOSED indication on CRT.

GRAPPLE CLOSED light and GRAPPLE CLOSED indication on CRT.GRAPPLE OPEN light and GRAPPLE OPEN indication on CRT.

GRAPPLE OPEN light and GRAPPLE OPEN indication on CRT.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 22 of 130 Page 22 of 130 Page 22 of 130 6.3.B 6.3.B6.3.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The mast can be rotated approximately 290 The mast can be rotated approximately 290 (-11 ( 280 - 280) and locked in 90) and locked in 90 increments.

increments.Any of the four positions can be used when operating over the inner portion of the core.

Any of the four positions can be used when operating over the inner portion of the core. When operating outside of the core clear area, the mast shall be indexed where the TV When operating outside of the core clear area, the mast shall be indexed where the TVcamera is clear of the core support barrel. The TV camera must be vertical to permit mast camera is clear of the core support barrel. The TV camera must be vertical to permit mastrotation.rotation.

7.7.ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE the mast as follows:

the mast as follows:

a.a.TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH SHOW HOIST on the Main CRT screen.

SHOW HOIST on the Main CRT screen.

b.b.TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH SHOW MAST.

SHOW MAST.

c.c.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the camera is not tilted.

the camera is not tilted.

d.d.IF IF IF desired to rotate the mast using the CRT, desired to rotate the mast using the CRT, THEN THEN THEN TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH ONE of the four position touch pads (0 ONE of the four position touch pads (0, 90 , 90, 180 , 180, 270 , 270))AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the following:

the following:

(1)(1)Mast Detent disengages and the MAST DETENT DISENGAGED light Mast Detent disengages and the MAST DETENT DISENGAGED light illuminates.

illuminates.

(2)(2)Mast rotates to the desired position.

Mast rotates to the desired position.

(3)(3)Mast Detent engages Mast Detent engages AND AND AND the MAST DETENT DISENGAGED the MAST DETENT DISENGAGED indicator light extinguishes.

indicator light extinguishes.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 23 of 130 Page 23 of 130 Page 23 of 130 6.3.B.7 6.3.B.76.3.B.7Procedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The mast rotate pushbuttons on the console will allow mast rotation to any position within The mast rotate pushbuttons on the console will allow mast rotation to any position withinthe travel limits provided all interlocks are met.

the travel limits provided all interlocks are met.

e.e.IF IF IF desired to rotate the mast using the MAST COUNTER CLOCKWISE desired to rotate the mast using the MAST COUNTER CLOCKWISE OR OR OR MAST CLOCKWISE console pushbuttons, MAST CLOCKWISE console pushbuttons, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

(1)(1)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH FREE MAST FREE MAST AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the Mast Detent disengages and the Mast Detent disengages and the MAST DETENT DISENGAGED light illuminates.

the MAST DETENT DISENGAGED light illuminates.

(2)(2)DEPRESS DEPRESS DEPRESS AND AND AND HOLD HOLD HOLD the desired mast rotation pushbutton.

the desired mast rotation pushbutton.

(3)(3)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the Mast Detent disengages and the MAST DETENT the Mast Detent disengages and the MAST DETENT DISENGAGED light illuminates.

DISENGAGED light illuminates.

(4)(4)WHEN WHEN WHEN the mast is rotated to the desired position, the mast is rotated to the desired position, THEN THEN THEN RELEASE RELEASE RELEASE the mast rotation pushbutton.

the mast rotation pushbutton. NOTE NOTE NOTE The mast detent will only engage when the mast is rotated to 90 The mast detent will only engage when the mast is rotated to 90 angles. (0 angles. (0, 90 , 90, 180 , 180, ,270 270))

(5)(5)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the LOCK MAST touch pad.

the LOCK MAST touch pad.

(6)(6)VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the Mast Detent engages the Mast Detent engages AND AND AND the MAST DETENT the MAST DETENT DISENGAGED indicator light extinguishes.

DISENGAGED indicator light extinguishes.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 24 of 130 Page 24 of 130 Page 24 of 130 6.3.B 6.3.B6.3.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE To prevent a BRIDGE TROLLEY LOCKOUT, a loaded hoist must be in the FUEL AND To prevent a BRIDGE TROLLEY LOCKOUT, a loaded hoist must be in the FUEL ANDHOIST region, HOIST region, AND AND AND an unloaded hoist must be above the LOW ZONE (150" at the an unloaded hoist must be above the LOW ZONE (150" at theupender, 268" over the core).

upender, 268" over the core).

8.8.OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE an empty RFM as follows:

an empty RFM as follows:

a.a.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY hoist position:

hoist position:IF IF IF performing core to core moves, performing core to core moves, THEN THEN THEN ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the hoist is above 268 inches.

the hoist is above 268 inches.IF IF IF performing other than core to core moves performing other than core to core moves AND AND AND traveling over the 44' traveling over the 44' elevation, elevation, THEN THEN THEN ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the hoist is at the UP LIMIT.

the hoist is at the UP LIMIT.IF IF IF performing other than core to core moves performing other than core to core moves AND AND AND NOT NOT NOT traveling over the traveling over the 44' elevation, 44' elevation, THEN THEN THEN ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the hoist is above 150".

the hoist is above 150".

b.b.OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the bridge and trolley as required to position the RFM.

the bridge and trolley as required to position the RFM. NOTE NOTE NOTE Must be over either the core or upender for this option to be available.

Must be over either the core or upender for this option to be available. If transitioning to a core location in automatic with the hoist above the Down Stop If transitioning to a core location in automatic with the hoist above the Down StopBypass Zone, when the desired location is reached the hoist will automatically lower to Bypass Zone, when the desired location is reached the hoist will automatically lower tothe Down Stop Bypass Zone. It will be necessary to activate the Hoist Load Bypass the Down Stop Bypass Zone. It will be necessary to activate the Hoist Load Bypassbefore an empty grapple can be lowered.

before an empty grapple can be lowered.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe ICI bridge location is The ICI bridge location is NOT NOT NOT programmed into the RFM computer. This can allow the programmed into the RFM computer. This can allow theRFM to contact the ICI bridge in the SEMI-AUTO or AUTO mode of operation.

RFM to contact the ICI bridge in the SEMI-AUTO or AUTO mode of operation.

9.9.PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM AUTOMATIC positioning of the RFM as follows:

AUTOMATIC positioning of the RFM as follows:

a.a.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE NFM has loaded the proper fuel moves into the RFM computer.

NFM has loaded the proper fuel moves into the RFM computer.

b.b.IF IF IF at any time a step in the Automatic Sequence loaded by NFM can at any time a step in the Automatic Sequence loaded by NFM can NOT NOT NOT be performed as written, be performed as written, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP AND AND AND OBTAIN OBTAIN OBTAIN new sequence instructions from NFM. The move new sequence instructions from NFM. The move may then be performed using either SEMI AUTO may then be performed using either SEMI AUTO OR OR OR MANUAL operation of MANUAL operation of the RFM.the RFM.c.c.TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the SELECT AUTO touch pad.

the SELECT AUTO touch pad.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 25 of 130 Page 25 of 130 Page 25 of 130 6.3.B.9 6.3.B.96.3.B.9Procedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) d.d.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE AUTO STEP SEQUENCING ACTIVE is displayed on the touch AUTO STEP SEQUENCING ACTIVE is displayed on the touch pad.pad.e.e.TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the SELECT NEW STEP NUMBER touch pad.

the SELECT NEW STEP NUMBER touch pad.

f.f.SELECT SELECT SELECT the proper step using the INCREMENT STEP touch pad.

the proper step using the INCREMENT STEP touch pad.

g.g.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the correct pickup and setdown information is displayed the correct pickup and setdown information is displayed AND AND AND TOUCH the VERIFY touch pad.

TOUCH the VERIFY touch pad. NOTE NOTE NOTE Bridge and Trolley movement may commence when Auto Run is selected (unless Bridge and Trolley movement may commence when Auto Run is selected (unlessoff-indexing is requested).

off-indexing is requested).

h.h.TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the AUTO RUN touch pad.

the AUTO RUN touch pad. NOTE NOTE NOTE The RFM must be over either the core or upender for this option to be available. If an The RFM must be over either the core or upender for this option to be available. If anAutomatic sequence must be interrupted for any reason, machine must be driven in Automatic sequence must be interrupted for any reason, machine must be driven inManual into the core area or the upender zone in order to complete the sequence in Manual into the core area or the upender zone in order to complete the sequence inAutomatic.

Automatic. If transitioning to a core location in automatic with the hoist above the Down Stop If transitioning to a core location in automatic with the hoist above the Down StopBypass Zone, when the desired location is reached the hoist will automatically lower to Bypass Zone, when the desired location is reached the hoist will automatically lower tothe Down Stop Bypass Zone. It will be necessary to activate the Hoist Load Bypass the Down Stop Bypass Zone. It will be necessary to activate the Hoist Load Bypassbefore an empty grapple can be lowered.

before an empty grapple can be lowered.

10.10.PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM SEMI-AUTOMATIC positioning of the RFM as follows:

SEMI-AUTOMATIC positioning of the RFM as follows:

a.a.TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the SELECT AUTO touch pad.

the SELECT AUTO touch pad.

b.b.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE SEMI-AUTO SELECTION is displayed on the touch pad.

SEMI-AUTO SELECTION is displayed on the touch pad.

c.c.TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the REQUEST touch pad.

the REQUEST touch pad. NOTE NOTE NOTE When entering a core location be sure to place a dash (-) between the letter and number.

When entering a core location be sure to place a dash (-) between the letter and number.

d.d.ENTER ENTER ENTER the desired location the desired location AND AND AND TOUCH the ENTER touch pad.

TOUCH the ENTER touch pad.

(1)(1)IF IF IF Camera Interference message is received, Camera Interference message is received, THEN THEN THEN either ABORT either ABORT OR OR OR ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE the mast by touching the desired the mast by touching the desired rotation selection.

rotation selection.

e.e.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the correct destination is displayed the correct destination is displayed AND AND AND TOUCH the VERIFY touch TOUCH the VERIFY touch pad.pad.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 26 of 130 Page 26 of 130 Page 26 of 130 6.3.B.10 6.3.B.106.3.B.10Procedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Bridge and Trolley movement may commence when Auto Run is selected (unless Bridge and Trolley movement may commence when Auto Run is selected (unlessoff-indexing is requested).

off-indexing is requested).

f.f.TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the AUTO RUN touch pad.

the AUTO RUN touch pad. NOTE NOTE NOTE Off-Indexing may be available for removal or insertion of a fuel assembly depending Off-Indexing may be available for removal or insertion of a fuel assembly dependingupon the location.

upon the location. Off-Indexing allows the hoist to operate in fast speed below the Down Stop Bypass Off-Indexing allows the hoist to operate in fast speed below the Down Stop BypassZone.Zone.

11.11.IF IF IF available available AND AND AND WHEN WHEN WHEN desired, desired, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM Off-Indexing as follows:

Off-Indexing as follows:

a.a.WHEN WHEN WHEN questioned by the CRT for OFF-INDEXING MOVE CONFIRMATION, questioned by the CRT for OFF-INDEXING MOVE CONFIRMATION, THEN THEN THEN TOUCH the YES, USE PROPOSED LOCATION touch pad.

TOUCH the YES, USE PROPOSED LOCATION touch pad.

b.b.IF IF IF Off-Indexing when placing a fuel assembly into the core, Off-Indexing when placing a fuel assembly into the core, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following: NOTE NOTE NOTE The RFM will automatically move to a spot off-indexed from the desired location.

The RFM will automatically move to a spot off-indexed from the desired location.

(1)(1)WHEN WHEN WHEN the RFM travel has stopped on the desired location's Off-Index the RFM travel has stopped on the desired location's Off-Index spot, spot, THEN THEN THEN LOWER LOWER LOWER the Hoist as per the correct section of this OI until the the Hoist as per the correct section of this OI until the Hoist Auto Stop appears on the CRT.

Hoist Auto Stop appears on the CRT. NOTE NOTE NOTE If OFF INDEX TEMP ZONE BREACHED is indicated on the CRT, Travel Override must If OFF INDEX TEMP ZONE BREACHED is indicated on the CRT, Travel Override mustbe used to return to the proper zone (within the dotted lines).

be used to return to the proper zone (within the dotted lines).

(2)(2)MOVE the bridge and trolley, using their respective joysticks, to place MOVE the bridge and trolley, using their respective joysticks, to place the crosshairs of the Off Indexing screen inside the little green box, the crosshairs of the Off Indexing screen inside the little green box, which will position the fuel assembly to On-Index.

which will position the fuel assembly to On-Index.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 27 of 130 Page 27 of 130 Page 27 of 130 6.3.B.11 6.3.B.116.3.B.11Procedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) c.c.IF IF IF Off-Indexing when withdrawing a fuel assembly from the core, Off-Indexing when withdrawing a fuel assembly from the core, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following: NOTE NOTE NOTE If OFF INDEX TEMP ZONE BREACHED is indicated on the CRT, Travel Override must If OFF INDEX TEMP ZONE BREACHED is indicated on the CRT, Travel Override mustbe used to return to the proper zone (within the dotted lines).

be used to return to the proper zone (within the dotted lines).

(1)(1)MOVE the bridge and trolley, using their respective joysticks, to place MOVE the bridge and trolley, using their respective joysticks, to place the crosshairs of the Off Indexing screen inside the big green box, the crosshairs of the Off Indexing screen inside the big green box, which will position the fuel assembly to Off-Index.

which will position the fuel assembly to Off-Index.

(2)(2)RAISE the Hoist as per the correct section of this OI.

RAISE the Hoist as per the correct section of this OI.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONDuring single encoder operation, failure of the remaining encoder will prevent further During single encoder operation, failure of the remaining encoder will prevent furthermachine operation.

machine operation.

12.12.IF IF IF desired to use single encoder operation of Refueling Machine Bridge, Trolley, desired to use single encoder operation of Refueling Machine Bridge, Trolley, or Hoist, or Hoist, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.OBTAIN OBTAIN OBTAIN permission from Shift Manager to use single encoder mode.

permission from Shift Manager to use single encoder mode.

b.b.PRESS PRESS PRESS SHOW MENU from the Main or Hoist screen.

SHOW MENU from the Main or Hoist screen.

c.c.PRESS PRESS PRESS the GO TO ADMINSTRATION from the Menu screen.

the GO TO ADMINSTRATION from the Menu screen.

d.d.PRESS PRESS PRESS ENABLE for the desired encoder to be removed from service.

ENABLE for the desired encoder to be removed from service.

e.e.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the encoder indication for the encoder removed from service the encoder indication for the encoder removed from service changes color from green to black.

changes color from green to black.

f.f.PRESS PRESS PRESS RETURN RETURN RETURN TO OPERATION to begin single encoder operation of the TO OPERATION to begin single encoder operation of the Refueling Machine.

Refueling Machine.

g.g.WHEN WHEN WHEN it is desired to return to dual encoder operation, it is desired to return to dual encoder operation, THEN THEN THEN PRESS PRESS PRESS SHOW MENU from the Main or Hoist screen.

SHOW MENU from the Main or Hoist screen.

h.h.PRESS PRESS PRESS the GO TO ADMINSTRATION from the Menu screen.

the GO TO ADMINSTRATION from the Menu screen.

i.i.PRESS PRESS PRESS ENABLE for the desired encoder to be placed in service.

ENABLE for the desired encoder to be placed in service.

j.j.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the encoder indication for the encoder returned to service the encoder indication for the encoder returned to service changes color from black to green.

changes color from black to green.

k.k.PRESS PRESS PRESS RETURN RETURN RETURN TO OPERATION to begin normal operation of the TO OPERATION to begin normal operation of the Refueling Machine.

Refueling Machine.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 28 of 130 Page 28 of 130 Page 28 of 130 6.3.B 6.3.B6.3.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONA deviation between the primary and redundant encoders of greater than 1 inch and less A deviation between the primary and redundant encoders of greater than 1 inch and lessthan 3 inches will result in the machine completing its current move, but it will than 3 inches will result in the machine completing its current move, but it will NOT NOT NOT start startanother move. A deviation of greater than 3 inches will result in the machine another move. A deviation of greater than 3 inches will result in the machine NOT NOT NOT moving movingat all, unless using single encoder operation. Encoders are at all, unless using single encoder operation. Encoders are NOT NOT NOT used to drive the RFM.

used to drive the RFM.

13.13.IF IF IF encoder mismatch is detected, encoder mismatch is detected, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.PLACE PLACE PLACE the Refueling Machine into single encoder operation the Refueling Machine into single encoder operation PER PER PER 6.3.B.12.

6.3.B.12.

b.b.INSPECT INSPECT INSPECT the associated gear track for interference or broken teeth and the associated gear track for interference or broken teeth and correct before moving.

correct before moving.

c.c.In Electrical Manual Mode, In Electrical Manual Mode, POSITION POSITION POSITION the bridge and trolley such that the the bridge and trolley such that the Gauge Blocks are square to the scribe mark located adjacent to the bridge Gauge Blocks are square to the scribe mark located adjacent to the bridge and pool rails.

and pool rails.

d.d.LIFT LIFT LIFT AND AND AND ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE the primary and/or redundant bridge or trolley encoder the primary and/or redundant bridge or trolley encoder gears as required to obtain the following position displays:

gears as required to obtain the following position displays:

e.e.IF IF IF only one of the encoders can be calibrated, only one of the encoders can be calibrated, THEN THEN THEN CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE operation in single encoder operation with the calibrated operation in single encoder operation with the calibrated encoder encoder AND AND AND INITIATE INITIATE INITIATE a CR to repair the off-service encoder.

a CR to repair the off-service encoder.

f.f.IF IF IF NO encoders can be calibrated, NO encoders can be calibrated, THEN THEN THEN DISCONTINUE DISCONTINUE DISCONTINUE operation of the Refueling Machine operation of the Refueling Machine AND AND AND INITIATE INITIATE INITIATE a a CR.CR.g.g.IF IF IF the primary and redundant position displays are calibrated to within one the primary and redundant position displays are calibrated to within one inch, inch, THEN THEN THEN RETURN RETURN RETURN to dual encoder operation to dual encoder operation PER PER PER 6.3.B.12 6.3.B.12**** END ****

        • END ****
        • END ****

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 29 of 130 Page 29 of 130 Page 29 of 130 6.4 6.46.4ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

6.4.A 6.4.A6.4.AInitial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions NOTE NOTE NOTE This section provides the sequence of movements for the RFM. This section may be This section provides the sequence of movements for the RFM. This section may beperformed from memory, and may also be performed in conjunction with the applicable performed from memory, and may also be performed in conjunction with the applicablesteps in Section 6.3.

steps in Section 6.3.

1.1.All manual handwheels are removed from their extension shafts.

All manual handwheels are removed from their extension shafts.

2.2.Power is available to the RFM.

Power is available to the RFM.

3.3.Instrument Air is available to the RFM.

Instrument Air is available to the RFM.

4.4.IF IF IF performing Core Alterations, performing Core Alterations, THEN THEN THEN ALL ALL ALL requirements documented on OP-7, Section Titled CORE requirements documented on OP-7, Section Titled CORE ALTERATION PREPARATIONS are completed.

ALTERATION PREPARATIONS are completed.

5.5.Startup of the Refueling Machine has been completed Startup of the Refueling Machine has been completed PER PER PER Section 6.1, Section 6.1, STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE , , OR OR OR APPENDIX A, APPENDIX A, REFUELING REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT MACHINE CHECK OUT

..

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 30 of 130 Page 30 of 130 Page 30 of 130 6.4 6.46.4ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.B 6.4.B6.4.BCore to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:

the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions has has been completed) been completed)A spotter (PPO, RFHM qualified personel, or personnel designated by the A spotter (PPO, RFHM qualified personel, or personnel designated by the AOM shall be used if operating mast/grapple to grapple core components) is AOM shall be used if operating mast/grapple to grapple core components) is available to observe fuel movement available to observe fuel movement

[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is above 268 inches The hoist is above 268 inches AND AND AND the grapple is empty.

the grapple is empty.

2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, core notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, core location, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.

location, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.

3.3.ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, core location, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch number, mast orientation, core location, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position.position.4.4.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the FUEL SELECTOR switch is in the correct position.

the FUEL SELECTOR switch is in the correct position.

5.5.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.Form 2.6.6.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment. NOTE NOTE NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10. The Mechanical pointer and scale system is available for both the bridge and trolley The Mechanical pointer and scale system is available for both the bridge and trolleyposition as another means of determining position.

position as another means of determining position.

7.7.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the desired core location as directed the RFM over the desired core location as directed PER PER PER the the SNM Transfer Form 2.

SNM Transfer Form 2.

a.a.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct core coordinates and the with the spotter to verify correct core coordinates and the grapple is directly above the assembly.

grapple is directly above the assembly.

8.8.CONFIRM CONFIRM CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct switch are correct AND AND AND INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2 the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2 (N/A if NO SNM form on machine).(N/A if NO SNM form on machine).

9.9.SET SET SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 31 of 130 Page 31 of 130 Page 31 of 130 6.4.B 6.4.B6.4.BCore to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Just prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (supported by down stop: nominal Just prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (supported by down stop: nominalhoist coordinate 126.56) hoist speed will be automatically reduced to slow speed to hoist coordinate 126.56) hoist speed will be automatically reduced to slow speed toprevent bump at down stop.

prevent bump at down stop.

10.10.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the hoist box is at the Down Stop Bypass Zone (hoist the hoist until the hoist box is at the Down Stop Bypass Zone (hoist load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by mechanical stop).

mechanical stop). NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 11, 12 and 13 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 11, 12 and 13 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

11.11.IF IF IF spreader operation is directed by the FHS, spreader operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN LOWER LOWER LOWER the spreader.

the spreader. NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time theTV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

12.12.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.

13.13.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (UGOZ) is the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (UGOZ) is indicated (~277 inches).

indicated (~277 inches).

14.14.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 32 of 130 Page 32 of 130 Page 32 of 130 6.4.B 6.4.B6.4.BCore to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Movement should be stopped Movement should be stopped AND AND AND the FHS informed, if during the process of lowering it the FHS informed, if during the process of lowering itappears that the assembly cannot be grappled on the center guide post.

appears that the assembly cannot be grappled on the center guide post.

15.15.LOWER LOWER LOWER the grapple until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached the grapple until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached OR OR OR CABLE SLACK is CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT:

indicated on the CRT:The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (LGOZ) indication will come on The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (LGOZ) indication will come on first.first.The hoist is automatically stopped when the Hoist Lower Limit occurs The hoist is automatically stopped when the Hoist Lower Limit occurs (nominal hoist coordinate for this position is 298.00).(nominal hoist coordinate for this position is 298.00).The top plate webs should be in the grapple "entrance" slots.

The top plate webs should be in the grapple "entrance" slots.

16.16.GRAPPLE GRAPPLE GRAPPLE the assembly as follows:

the assembly as follows:

a.a.IF IF IF CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until just after the Cable Slack indication goes the grapple until just after the Cable Slack indication goes away away AND AND AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

b.b.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple the grapple AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK proper grapple alignment (center post of proper grapple alignment (center post of fuel assembly).

fuel assembly). NOTE NOTE NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would be There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would beone indication of proper grappling.

one indication of proper grappling. The weight of the assembly should be between the over and under load limits as The weight of the assembly should be between the over and under load limits asshown on the analog load display on the CRT.

shown on the analog load display on the CRT.

17.17.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

18.18.IF IF IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN THEN THEN the spotter should visually the spotter should visually INSPECT INSPECT INSPECT the grapple either by camera or the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.

binoculars to verify the no load condition.

IF IF IF no load condition exists, no load condition exists, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, the grapple to the UGOZ, AND AND AND OPEN OPEN OPEN grapple. grapple.a.a.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates the bridge and trolley coordinates AND AND AND ADJUST as required to ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

b.b.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Steps 15 through 17.

Steps 15 through 17.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 33 of 130 Page 33 of 130 Page 33 of 130 6.4.B 6.4.B6.4.BCore to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 19.19.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO when the assembly is grappled the RCRO when the assembly is grappled AND AND AND PROVIDE PROVIDE PROVIDE the weight the weight of the assembly.

of the assembly.

a.a.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and upender cavity notification of the mast orientation and upender cavity coordinates, and that the move may continue.

coordinates, and that the move may continue.

20.20.RECORD RECORD RECORD the weight of the assembly on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the the weight of the assembly on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the applicable step.

applicable step.

21.21.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist the hoist AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following, observing hoist load indication the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:

during hoisting:

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK load increases as the assembly is picked up:

load increases as the assembly is picked up:The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the lower grapple operate zone (LGOZ) the assembly is raised above the lower grapple operate zone (LGOZ)Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is fully raised Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the hoist box into the hoist boxThe UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until the assembly is raised above the upper grapple operate zone (UGOZ) the assembly is raised above the upper grapple operate zone (UGOZ)(approximately 277.00)(approximately 277.00) b.b.IF IF IF no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs OR OR OR the deviation is the deviation is less than 50 lbs, less than 50 lbs, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Step 22.

to Step 22.

c.c.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO the RCRO AND AND AND CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE withdrawal with caution.

withdrawal with caution.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 34 of 130 Page 34 of 130 Page 34 of 130 6.4.B.21 6.4.B.216.4.B.21Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 21.d may be performed in anticipation At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 21.d may be performed in anticipationof interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies.

of interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies. Any actions taken in Step 21.d are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 21.d are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.

be used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.

d.d.IF IF IF the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal, withdrawal, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:RETURN RETURN RETURN the fuel assembly to the fully inserted position the fuel assembly to the fully inserted position AND AND AND either either HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (max speed 1 use the Travel Override pushbutton (max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction.

fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction.HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the assembly at other elevations (than fully inserted).

assembly at other elevations (than fully inserted).

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 35 of 130 Page 35 of 130 Page 35 of 130 6.4.B.21 6.4.B.216.4.B.21Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe differential force registered on the load cell indication shall The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT NOT NOT be allowed to exceed be allowed to exceed100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.

100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids. Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.

Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.WARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from potential grid interferences.

potential grid interferences.With the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK With the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs.

exceed 300 lbs.IF IF IF the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall) the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall)

AND AND AND provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbs AND AND AND with specific FHS authorization, with specific FHS authorization, THEN THEN THEN HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the interference.

interference.IF IF IF the fuel assembly has no adjacent assemblies, the fuel assembly has no adjacent assemblies, AND AND AND if NFM concurs, if NFM concurs, THEN THEN THEN the differential force registered on the load cell indication may be the differential force registered on the load cell indication may beraised incrementally, raised incrementally, NOT NOT NOT to exceed the hoist overload setpoint.

to exceed the hoist overload setpoint.e.e.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Step 21, as necessary to remove the fuel assembly.

Step 21, as necessary to remove the fuel assembly.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 36 of 130 Page 36 of 130 Page 36 of 130 6.4.B 6.4.B6.4.BCore to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light indicates that the FUEL ONLY overload is bypassed.

The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light indicates that the FUEL ONLY overload is bypassed.The FUEL PLUS HOIST overload is still active.

The FUEL PLUS HOIST overload is still active. The Load Transition Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicated by The Load Transition Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicated bythe Hoist Load Bypass light automatically coming on.

the Hoist Load Bypass light automatically coming on.

22.22.CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE raising the hoist until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the hoist raising the hoist until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the hoist box (at 126.56 inches the weight of the hoist box is picked up by the grapple).

box (at 126.56 inches the weight of the hoist box is picked up by the grapple).

a.a.RELEASE RELEASE RELEASE the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:

the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 inches prior to the weighing meter indicating the load has increased due inches prior to the weighing meter indicating the load has increased due to the hoist pick up to the hoist pick upThe HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist slightly above this point slightly above this pointCAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT NOT NOT catch an catch anadjacent CEA while being raised.

adjacent CEA while being raised.

[B0207][B0207][B0207]

23.23.IF IF IF the spreader was used, the spreader was used, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the spreader the spreader AND AND AND OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE spreader retraction.

spreader retraction.

24.24.IF IF IF used, used, PLACE PLACE PLACE the TV Camera in the vertical position the TV Camera in the vertical position AND AND AND OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE the the camera is vertical.

camera is vertical. NOTE NOTE NOTE The Down Stop Bypass Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicated The Down Stop Bypass Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicatedby the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light automatically flashing.

by the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light automatically flashing. The Fuel plus Hoist overload is expected when initially picking up the hoist box at The Fuel plus Hoist overload is expected when initially picking up the hoist box atapproximately 126.56 inches.

approximately 126.56 inches.

25.25.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit AND AND AND IF IF IF the hoist stops on overload, the hoist stops on overload, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK the load cell indication.

the load cell indication.

b.b.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS the FHS AND AND AND NFM for further direction.

NFM for further direction.

26.26.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the mast orientation agrees with the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the mast orientation agrees with the SNM Transfer Form 2.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 37 of 130 Page 37 of 130 Page 37 of 130 6.4.B 6.4.B6.4.BCore to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 27.27.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment. NOTE NOTE NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

28.28.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the specified upender cavity coordinates.

the RFM over the specified upender cavity coordinates.

a.a.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct RFM position, the specified with the spotter to verify correct RFM position, the specified upender cavity is empty, and the mast is directly over the cavity.

upender cavity is empty, and the mast is directly over the cavity.

29.29.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation and RFM coordinates.

and RFM coordinates.

a.a.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, mast confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, mast orientation and RFM coordinates are correct.

orientation and RFM coordinates are correct. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 30 and 31 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 30 and 31 may be performed concurrently.

30.30.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT

(~5.21"): (~5.21"):The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication.

BOX LATCHED indication. NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time theTV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

31.31.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 38 of 130 Page 38 of 130 Page 38 of 130 6.4.B 6.4.B6.4.BCore to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 32.32.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the fuel carrier, observing hoist the hoist to insert the assembly into the fuel carrier, observing hoist load indication during insertion:

load indication during insertion: NOTE NOTE NOTE Any actions taken in Step 32.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 32.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

a.a.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP insertion, insertion, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the TRAVEL OVERRIDE pushbutton (below use the TRAVEL OVERRIDE pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does force registered on the load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs.

exceed 300 lbs.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe differential force registered on the load cell indication shall The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT NOT NOT be allowed to exceed be allowed to exceed100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.

100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids. Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.

Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.WARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference.

interference.

33.33.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the fuel carrier until the hoist index the hoist to insert the assembly into the fuel carrier until the hoist index indicates approximately 176 inches indicates approximately 176 inches AND AND AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is indicated as the weight of the fuel assembly is taken up by the fuel carrier:

indicated as the weight of the fuel assembly is taken up by the fuel carrier:The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the grapple passes through this area grapple passes through this area 34.34.CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE lowering the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist index of approximately 178 inches).

stops automatically (nominal hoist index of approximately 178 inches).

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 39 of 130 Page 39 of 130 Page 39 of 130 6.4.B 6.4.B6.4.BCore to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 35.35.UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE the assembly as follows:

the assembly as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

b.b.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicatean inadvertently grappled CEA.

an inadvertently grappled CEA.

36.36.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches the grapple approximately 3 inches AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.COMPARE COMPARE COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight documented the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

(1)(1)IF IF IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT NOT NOT empty, empty, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal withdrawal AND AND AND CONSULT CONSULT CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.

before continuing.

b.b.RECORD RECORD RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable.

applicable.

37.37.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the UGOZ.

the hoist to the UGOZ. NOTE NOTE NOTE The hoist will The hoist will NOT NOT NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

a.a.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple.

the grapple.

38.38.INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) the move just completed. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) a.a.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, upender location, and empty grapple weight.

upender location, and empty grapple weight.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 40 of 130 Page 40 of 130 Page 40 of 130 6.4.B 6.4.B6.4.BCore to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 39.39.IF IF IF travel will be between upenders, travel will be between upenders, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist above 150":

the hoist above 150": NOTE NOTE NOTE To move the bridge or trolley before the hoist is at the up limit, the RFM will select the To move the bridge or trolley before the hoist is at the up limit, the RFM will select theManual-Electric mode. If this condition exists, the Fuel Selector switch will need to be Manual-Electric mode. If this condition exists, the Fuel Selector switch will need to beselected to the actual position listed on the SNM Transfer Form 2 to ensure the proper selected to the actual position listed on the SNM Transfer Form 2 to ensure the properhoist overload and underload settings. If the mast needs to be rotated, it must be rotated hoist overload and underload settings. If the mast needs to be rotated, it must be rotatedprior to grappling the fuel bundle.

prior to grappling the fuel bundle.

a.a.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY PER PER PER the RCRO that the following are correct using the SNM the RCRO that the following are correct using the SNM Transfer Form 2:

Transfer Form 2:Refueling Machine Coordinates Refueling Machine CoordinatesDetent Position Detent PositionFuel Selector switch Fuel Selector switch b.b.AFTER AFTER AFTER positioning the machine over the new upender coordinates, positioning the machine over the new upender coordinates, LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to the UGOZ the hoist to the UGOZ AND AND AND OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple.

c.c.CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the cable slack is received, lowering the hoist until the cable slack is received, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to clear cable slack and grapple weight only is the hoist to clear cable slack and grapple weight only is indicated..

indicated..

d.d.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple the grapple AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK proper grapple alignment (center post of proper grapple alignment (center post of fuel assembly).

fuel assembly).

e.e.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist approximately 3 inches to verify load increases the hoist approximately 3 inches to verify load increases AND AND AND provide the weight to the RCRO.

provide the weight to the RCRO.

f.f.AFTER AFTER AFTER raising the hoist to receive the encoder UP raising the hoist to receive the encoder UP LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT indication indication AND AND AND observing that AUTO STEP is activated observing that AUTO STEP is activated AND AND AND increment step as necessary, increment step as necessary, THEN THEN THEN VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the following:

the following:Current step number Current step numberFUEL SELECTOR position is in 1 for AUTO FUEL SELECTOR position is in 1 for AUTOMast detent position Mast detent positionCore location Core location 40.40.IF IF IF travel will travel will NOT NOT NOT be between upenders, be between upenders, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the HOIST UP LIMIT.

the hoist to the HOIST UP LIMIT.

41.41.IF IF IF additional moves are to be performed, additional moves are to be performed, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section for the next to the applicable move sequence of this section for the next move.move.42.42.IF IF IF movement is complete, movement is complete, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Section 6.5, to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE

, , to secure the RFM.

to secure the RFM.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 41 of 130 Page 41 of 130 Page 41 of 130 6.4 6.46.4ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.C 6.4.C6.4.CUpender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:

the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions has has been completed) been completed)A spotter is available to observe fuel movement A spotter is available to observe fuel movement

[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe grapple is empty The grapple is emptyThe hoist is at the up limit The hoist is at the up limit OR OR OR above 150" if previous location was the above 150" if previous location was the upender.upender.2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, upender notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, upender coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.

coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.

3.3.ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, upender coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR number, mast orientation, upender coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position.

switch position.

4.4.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.Form 2.5.5.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment. NOTE NOTE NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

6.6.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the desired upender location as directed the RFM over the desired upender location as directed PER PER PER the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the SNM Transfer Form 2.

a.a.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct RFM position with the spotter to verify correct RFM position AND AND AND the the grapple is directly above the upender.

grapple is directly above the upender.

7.7.CONFIRM CONFIRM CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct switch are correct AND AND AND INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2.(N/A if NO SNM form on machine)(N/A if NO SNM form on machine) 8.8.SET SET SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 42 of 130 Page 42 of 130 Page 42 of 130 6.4.C 6.4.C6.4.CUpender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.

9.9.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on.comes on.a.a.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple. NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time theTV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

10.10.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera. NOTE NOTE NOTE Movement should be stopped Movement should be stopped AND AND AND the FHS informed, if during the process of lowering it the FHS informed, if during the process of lowering itappears that the assembly cannot be grappled on the center guide post.

appears that the assembly cannot be grappled on the center guide post.

11.11.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and the hoist until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT:

CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT:The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on first The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on firstThe hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal The hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal hoist coordinate is approximately 178.00) hoist coordinate is approximately 178.00)The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the fuel assembly The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the fuel assembly top plate top plateThe fuel assembly top plate webs should be in the grapple "entrance" slots.

The fuel assembly top plate webs should be in the grapple "entrance" slots.

12.12.GRAPPLE GRAPPLE GRAPPLE the assembly as follows:

the assembly as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out AND AND AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

b.b.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple the grapple AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK proper grapple alignment (center post of proper grapple alignment (center post of fuel assembly).

fuel assembly).

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 43 of 130 Page 43 of 130 Page 43 of 130 6.4.C 6.4.C6.4.CUpender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This wouldbe one indication of proper grappling.

be one indication of proper grappling. The weight of the assembly should be between the over and under load limits as The weight of the assembly should be between the over and under load limits asshown on the analog load display on the CRT.

shown on the analog load display on the CRT.

13.13.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

14.14.IF IF IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN THEN THEN have the spotter visually have the spotter visually INSPECT INSPECT INSPECT the grapple either by camera or the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.

binoculars to verify the no load condition.

IF IF IF no load condition exists, no load condition exists, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ the grapple to the UGOZ AND AND AND OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple.

a.a.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates the bridge and trolley coordinates AND AND AND ADJUST as required to ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

b.b.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Steps 11 through 13.

Steps 11 through 13.

15.15.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO when the assembly is grappled:

the RCRO when the assembly is grappled:

a.a.PROVIDE PROVIDE PROVIDE the weight of the assembly and whether the assembly is shiny or the weight of the assembly and whether the assembly is shiny or dark.dark.b.b.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and core location and notification of the mast orientation and core location and permission for the move to continue.

permission for the move to continue.

c.c.ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the mast orientation and core the RCRO notification of the mast orientation and core location.location.16.16.RECORD RECORD RECORD the weight of the assembly on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the the weight of the assembly on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the applicable step.

applicable step.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 44 of 130 Page 44 of 130 Page 44 of 130 6.4.C 6.4.C6.4.CUpender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 17.17.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the up limit the hoist to the up limit AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following, observing hoist the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:

load indication during hoisting:

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK load increases as the assembly is picked up.

load increases as the assembly is picked up.The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the Lower Grapple Operate Zone (LGOZ) the assembly is raised above the Lower Grapple Operate Zone (LGOZ)Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is raised above Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is raised above the Hoist Slow Zone the Hoist Slow ZoneThe UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until the assembly is raised above the UGOZ the assembly is raised above the UGOZ NOTE NOTE NOTE Any actions taken in Step 17.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 17.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

b.b.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal, withdrawal, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does registered on the load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbs OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 45 of 130 Page 45 of 130 Page 45 of 130 6.4.C.17 6.4.C.176.4.C.17Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe differential force registered on the load cell indication shall The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT NOT NOT be allowed to exceed be allowed to exceed100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.

100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids. Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.

Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.WARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference interference c.c.WHEN WHEN WHEN the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 17.b, if required, the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 17.b, if required, THEN THEN THEN CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE raising the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

raising the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

18.18.IF IF IF used, used, THEN THEN THEN PLACE PLACE PLACE the TV camera in the vertical position the TV camera in the vertical position AND AND AND OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE the the camera is vertical.

camera is vertical.

19.19.IF IF IF necessary, necessary, THEN THEN THEN ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE the mast to the orientation specified on the SNM Transfer Form the mast to the orientation specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.2.20.20.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment. NOTE NOTE NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

21.21.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the core coordinates specified on the SNM the RFM over the core coordinates specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

Transfer Form 2.

a.a.COMPARE COMPARE COMPARE the digital and pointer coordinates with those specified on the the digital and pointer coordinates with those specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

SNM Transfer Form 2.

b.b.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to ensure that the position is empty and in with the spotter to ensure that the position is empty and in agreement with the specified coordinates.

agreement with the specified coordinates.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 46 of 130 Page 46 of 130 Page 46 of 130 6.4.C 6.4.C6.4.CUpender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 22.22.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, core coordinates, the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, core coordinates, and mast orientation.

and mast orientation.

a.a.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, core confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, core coordinates, and mast orientation are correct.

coordinates, and mast orientation are correct.

b.b.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to continue the move.

permission from the RCRO to continue the move.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONJust prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (nominal hoist coordinate 126.56) hoist Just prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (nominal hoist coordinate 126.56) hoistspeed shall be reduced to slow speed to prevent bump at the down stop.

speed shall be reduced to slow speed to prevent bump at the down stop.

23.23.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the hoist box is at the Down Stop Bypass Zone (hoist the hoist until the hoist box is at the Down Stop Bypass Zone (hoist load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by mechanical stop).

mechanical stop).

24.24.CHECK CHECK CHECK the alignment of the mast and designated core location.

the alignment of the mast and designated core location. NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any timethe TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable. Steps 25 and 26 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 25 and 26 may be performed concurrently.

25.25.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

26.26.IF IF IF spreader operation is directed by the FHS, spreader operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN LOWER LOWER LOWER the spreader.

the spreader. NOTE NOTE NOTE Step 27 is to be performed concurrently with Steps 28 through 30.

Step 27 is to be performed concurrently with Steps 28 through 30.

27.27.INSERT INSERT INSERT the fuel into the core, the fuel into the core, AND AND AND USE USE USE the audible counter the audible counter AND AND AND REPORT REPORT REPORT any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO.

any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO.

[B0270][B0270][B0270]

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 47 of 130 Page 47 of 130 Page 47 of 130 6.4.C 6.4.C6.4.CUpender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 28.28.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, observing hoist load indication during insertion:

observing hoist load indication during insertion:

a.a.IF IF IF no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs OR OR OR the deviation is the deviation is less than 50 lbs, less than 50 lbs, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Step 29.

to Step 29.

b.b.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO the RCRO AND AND AND CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE insertion with caution.

insertion with caution. NOTE NOTE NOTE At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 28.c may be performed in anticipation At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 28.c may be performed in anticipationof interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies.

of interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies. Any actions taken in Step 28.c are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 28.c are to be documented in the applicable Fuel HandlingProcedure.

Procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.

be used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.

c.c.IF IF IF the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP insertion, insertion, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:RAISE RAISE RAISE the assembly until fully clear of the core support alignment pins the assembly until fully clear of the core support alignment pins AND AND AND HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction directionHAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the assembly at other elevations (partially inserted) assembly at other elevations (partially inserted)

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 48 of 130 Page 48 of 130 Page 48 of 130 6.4.C.28 6.4.C.286.4.C.28Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe differential force registered on the load cell indication shall The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT NOT NOT be allowed to exceed be allowed to exceed100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.

100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids. Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.

Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.WARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from potential grid interferences potential grid interferencesWith the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK With the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs.

exceed 300 lbs.IF IF IF the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall) the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall)

AND AND AND provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbs AND AND AND with specific FHS authorization, with specific FHS authorization, THEN THEN THEN HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the interference interferenceLOWER LOWER LOWER the assembly into the core in line with the "To" location of the the assembly into the core in line with the "To" location of the SNM Transfer Form 2 and away from any other fuel assembly to a SNM Transfer Form 2 and away from any other fuel assembly to a position just above the core support plate alignment pins position just above the core support plate alignment pins AND AND AND HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM coordinates to those of the SNM speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM coordinates to those of the SNM Transfer Form 2 Transfer Form 2 d.d.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Step 28, as necessary to insert the assembly.

Step 28, as necessary to insert the assembly.

e.e.IF IF IF the hang-up persists the hang-up persists AND AND AND the NFM-Lead engineer, with the concurrence the NFM-Lead engineer, with the concurrence of the FHS, directs a modification to the fuel move sequence be initiated to of the FHS, directs a modification to the fuel move sequence be initiated to temporarily relocate the assembly to a different approved location, temporarily relocate the assembly to a different approved location, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

(1)(1)RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist until the assembly is fully clear of the core support the hoist until the assembly is fully clear of the core support alignment pins.

alignment pins.

(2)(2)RETURN RETURN RETURN to Step 17 to Step 17 AND AND AND USE the new coordinates given by the USE the new coordinates given by the NFM-Lead engineer, as applicable, for the new destination.

NFM-Lead engineer, as applicable, for the new destination.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 49 of 130 Page 49 of 130 Page 49 of 130 6.4.C 6.4.C6.4.CUpender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 29.29.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the fuel assembly is seated in the core, as indicated by the hoist until the fuel assembly is seated in the core, as indicated by load decreasing load decreasing AND AND AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition occurring as the weight a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition occurring as the weight of the fuel assembly is taken up by the fuel alignment pins (hoist index of of the fuel assembly is taken up by the fuel alignment pins (hoist index of approximately 297 inches).

approximately 297 inches).

30.30.CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached, CABLE lowering the hoist until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist coordinates of 298.00).

coordinates of 298.00).

31.31.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO the assembly is fully inserted.

the RCRO the assembly is fully inserted.

a.a.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to ungrapple the assembly.

permission from the RCRO to ungrapple the assembly.

(1)(1)The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving permission.

permission.

[B0270][B0270][B0270]32.32.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the assembly is properly aligned with the core.

the assembly is properly aligned with the core.

33.33.UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE the assembly as follows:

the assembly as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until the Cable Slack indication goes away the grapple until the Cable Slack indication goes away AND AND AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

b.b.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicatean inadvertently grappled CEA.

an inadvertently grappled CEA.

34.34.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches the grapple approximately 3 inches AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.COMPARE COMPARE COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight documented the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

(1)(1)IF IF IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT NOT NOT empty, empty, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal withdrawal AND AND AND CONSULT CONSULT CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.

before continuing.

b.b.RECORD RECORD RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

35.35.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the UGOZ.

the hoist to the UGOZ. NOTE NOTE NOTE The hoist will The hoist will NOT NOT NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

a.a.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple.

the grapple.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 50 of 130 Page 50 of 130 Page 50 of 130 6.4.C 6.4.C6.4.CUpender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 36.36.CHECK CHECK CHECK there is an assembly present in the core location listed on the SNM there is an assembly present in the core location listed on the SNM Transfer Form 2 "To" location by using Figure 1A or 1B, as applicable, and Transfer Form 2 "To" location by using Figure 1A or 1B, as applicable, and looking at the core.

looking at the core.

a.a.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO that the "TO" location contains an assembly.

the RCRO that the "TO" location contains an assembly.

37.37.INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) the move just completed. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) a.a.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, final location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight.

final location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 38, 39, 40 and 41 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 38, 39, 40 and 41 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT NOT NOT catch on catch onan adjacent CEA while being raised.

an adjacent CEA while being raised.

[B0207][B0207][B0207] The Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

38.38.IF IF IF the spreader was used, the spreader was used, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the spreader the spreader AND AND AND OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE retraction.

retraction.

39.39.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.

the TV camera is vertical.

40.40.IF IF IF continuing movement and the next location is within the core, continuing movement and the next location is within the core, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to above the UGOZ (above hoist index of 268 inches).

the hoist to above the UGOZ (above hoist index of 268 inches).

41.41.IF IF IF additional moves other than core to core moves are to be performed, additional moves other than core to core moves are to be performed, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

42.42.IF IF IF additional moves are to be performed, additional moves are to be performed, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.

next move.

43.43.IF IF IF fuel movement is complete, fuel movement is complete, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Section 6.5, to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE

, , to secure the RFM.

to secure the RFM.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 51 of 130 Page 51 of 130 Page 51 of 130 6.4 6.46.4ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.D 6.4.D6.4.DCore to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:

the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions

, , has been completed) has been completed)A spotter is available to observe fuel movement A spotter is available to observe fuel movement

[B0167][B0167][B0167]The hoist is above 268 inches The hoist is above 268 inches AND AND AND the grapple is empty.

the grapple is empty.

2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, core notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, core location, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.

location, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.

3.3.ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, core coordinates, and mast orientation for the fuel assembly to be number, core coordinates, and mast orientation for the fuel assembly to be moved.moved.4.4.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the FUEL SELECTOR switch is in the correct position.

the FUEL SELECTOR switch is in the correct position.

5.5.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.Form 2.6.6.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment. NOTE NOTE NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

7.7.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the desired core location as directed the RFM over the desired core location as directed PER PER PER the the SNM Transfer Form 2.

SNM Transfer Form 2.

a.a.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct core coordinates and the with the spotter to verify correct core coordinates and the grapple is directly above the assembly.

grapple is directly above the assembly.

8.8.CONFIRM CONFIRM CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct switch are correct AND AND AND INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2.(N/A if NO SNM form on machine)(N/A if NO SNM form on machine) 9.9.SET SET SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 52 of 130 Page 52 of 130 Page 52 of 130 6.4.D 6.4.D6.4.DCore to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONJust prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (supported by down stop: nominal Just prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (supported by down stop: nominalhoist coordinate 121.00) hoist speed shall be reduced to slow speed to prevent bump at hoist coordinate 121.00) hoist speed shall be reduced to slow speed to prevent bump atdown stop.

down stop.

10.10.IF IF IF the hoist is above the Down Stop Bypass Zone, the hoist is above the Down Stop Bypass Zone, THEN THEN THEN LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the hoist box is at the mechanical down stop the hoist until the hoist box is at the mechanical down stop (hoist load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up (hoist load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by mechanical stop).

by mechanical stop). NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 11, 12 and 13 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 11, 12 and 13 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

11.11.IF IF IF spreader operation is directed by the FHS, spreader operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN LOWER LOWER LOWER the spreader.

the spreader. NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time theTV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

12.12.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.

13.13.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (UGOZ) is the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (UGOZ) is indicated(~277 inches).

indicated(~277 inches).

14.14.OPEN OPEN OPEN the GRAPPLE.

the GRAPPLE.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 53 of 130 Page 53 of 130 Page 53 of 130 6.4.D 6.4.D6.4.DCore to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Movement should be stopped Movement should be stopped AND AND AND the FHS informed, if during the process of lowering it the FHS informed, if during the process of lowering itappears that the assembly cannot be grappled on the center guide post.

appears that the assembly cannot be grappled on the center guide post.

15.15.LOWER LOWER LOWER the grapple until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached the grapple until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached OR OR OR CABLE SLACK is CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT:

indicated on the CRT:The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (LGOZ) indication will come on The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (LGOZ) indication will come on first.first.The hoist is automatically stopped when the Hoist Lower Limit occurs The hoist is automatically stopped when the Hoist Lower Limit occurs (nominal hoist coordinate for this position is 298.00).(nominal hoist coordinate for this position is 298.00).The top plate webs should be in the grapple "entrance" slots.

The top plate webs should be in the grapple "entrance" slots.

16.16.GRAPPLE GRAPPLE GRAPPLE the assembly as follows:

the assembly as follows:

a.a.IF IF IF CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until just after the Cable Slack indication goes the grapple until just after the Cable Slack indication goes away away AND AND AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

b.b.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple the grapple AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK proper grapple alignment (center post of proper grapple alignment (center post of fuel assembly).

fuel assembly). NOTE NOTE NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This wouldbe one indication of proper grappling.

be one indication of proper grappling. The weight of the assembly should be between the over and under load limits as The weight of the assembly should be between the over and under load limits asshown on the analog load display on the CRT.

shown on the analog load display on the CRT.

17.17.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

18.18.IF IF IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN THEN THEN the spotter should visually the spotter should visually INSPECT INSPECT INSPECT the grapple either by camera or the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.

binoculars to verify the no load condition.

IF IF IF no load condition exists, no load condition exists, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, the grapple to the UGOZ, AND AND AND OPEN OPEN OPEN grapple. grapple.a.a.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates the bridge and trolley coordinates AND AND AND ADJUST as required to ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

b.b.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Steps 15 through 17.

Steps 15 through 17.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 54 of 130 Page 54 of 130 Page 54 of 130 6.4.D 6.4.D6.4.DCore to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 19.19.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO when the assembly is grappled the RCRO when the assembly is grappled AND AND AND PROVIDE PROVIDE PROVIDE the weight the weight of the assembly.

of the assembly.

a.a.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and core location and notification of the mast orientation and core location and permission for the move to continue.

permission for the move to continue.

b.b.ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the mast orientation and core the RCRO notification of the mast orientation and core location.location.20.20.RECORD RECORD RECORD the weight of the assembly on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the the weight of the assembly on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the applicable step.

applicable step.

21.21.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist into the fuel hoist box the hoist into the fuel hoist box AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following, observing the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:

hoist load indication during hoisting:

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK load increases as the assembly is picked up.

load increases as the assembly is picked up.The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the lower grapple operate zone (LGOZ) the assembly is raised above the lower grapple operate zone (LGOZ)Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is fully raised Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the hoist box into the hoist boxThe UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until the assembly is raised above the upper grapple operate zone (UGOZ) the assembly is raised above the upper grapple operate zone (UGOZ)(approximately 277.00)(approximately 277.00) b.b.IF IF IF no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs OR OR OR the deviation is the deviation is less than 50 lbs, less than 50 lbs, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Step 22.

to Step 22.

c.c.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO the RCRO AND AND AND CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE withdrawal with caution.

withdrawal with caution.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 55 of 130 Page 55 of 130 Page 55 of 130 6.4.D.21 6.4.D.216.4.D.21Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 21.d may be performed in anticipation At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 21.d may be performed in anticipationof interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies.

of interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies. Any actions taken in Step 21.d are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 21.d are to be documented in the applicable Fuel HandlingProcedure.

Procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.

be used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.

d.d.IF IF IF the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal, withdrawal, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:RETURN RETURN RETURN the fuel assembly to the fully inserted position the fuel assembly to the fully inserted position AND AND AND either either HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (max speed 1 use the Travel Override pushbutton (max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any directionHAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the assembly at other elevations (than fully inserted) assembly at other elevations (than fully inserted)

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 56 of 130 Page 56 of 130 Page 56 of 130 6.4.D.21 6.4.D.216.4.D.21Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe differential force registered on the load cell indication shall The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT NOT NOT be allowed to exceed be allowed to exceed100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.

100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids. Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.

Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.WARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from potential grid interferences potential grid interferencesWith the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK With the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs.

exceed 300 lbs.IF IF IF the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall) the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall)

AND AND AND provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbs AND AND AND with specific FHS authorization, with specific FHS authorization, THEN THEN THEN HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the interference interference e.e.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Step 21, as necessary to remove the fuel assembly.

Step 21, as necessary to remove the fuel assembly.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 57 of 130 Page 57 of 130 Page 57 of 130 6.4.D 6.4.D6.4.DCore to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light indicates that the FUEL ONLY overload is bypassed.

The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light indicates that the FUEL ONLY overload is bypassed.The FUEL PLUS HOIST overload is still active.

The FUEL PLUS HOIST overload is still active. The Load Transition Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicated by The Load Transition Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicated bythe HOIST LOAD BYPASS light flashing.

the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light flashing.

22.22.CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE raising the hoist until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the hoist raising the hoist until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the hoist box (at 126.56 inches the weight of the hoist box is picked up by the grapple).

box (at 126.56 inches the weight of the hoist box is picked up by the grapple).

a.a.RELEASE RELEASE RELEASE the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:

the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 inches prior to the weighing meter indicating the load has increased due inches prior to the weighing meter indicating the load has increased due to the hoist pick up to the hoist pick upThe HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist slightly above this point slightly above this point NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 23 and 24 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 23 and 24 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT NOT NOT catch an catch anadjacent CEA while being raised.

adjacent CEA while being raised.

[B0207][B0207][B0207]

23.23.IF IF IF the spreader was used, the spreader was used, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the spreader the spreader AND AND AND OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE spreader retraction.

spreader retraction.

24.24.IF IF IF used, used, THEN THEN THEN PLACE PLACE PLACE the TV Camera in the vertical position the TV Camera in the vertical position AND AND AND OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE the the camera is vertical.

camera is vertical.

25.25.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following:

the following:Fuel is fully retracted into the fuel hoist box (as indicated by hoist load)

Fuel is fully retracted into the fuel hoist box (as indicated by hoist load)The Hoist Load Bypass light is The Hoist Load Bypass light is NOT NOT NOT flashing flashing OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 58 of 130 Page 58 of 130 Page 58 of 130 6.4.D 6.4.D6.4.DCore to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The Down Stop Bypass Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicated The Down Stop Bypass Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicatedby the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light automatically flashing.

by the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light automatically flashing. The Fuel plus Hoist overload is expected when initially picking up the hoist box at The Fuel plus Hoist overload is expected when initially picking up the hoist box atapproximately 126.56 inches.

approximately 126.56 inches.

26.26.IF IF IF it is desired, it is desired, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

a.a.IF IF IF the hoist stops on overload, the hoist stops on overload, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

(1)(1)CHECK CHECK CHECK the load cell indication.

the load cell indication.

(2)(2)NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS the FHS AND AND AND NFM for further direction.

NFM for further direction.

27.27.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment. NOTE NOTE NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

28.28.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the core coordinates specified on the SNM the RFM over the core coordinates specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2:

Transfer Form 2:

a.a.ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE the mast to the orientation specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the mast to the orientation specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

b.b.COMPARE COMPARE COMPARE the digital and pointer coordinates with those specified on the the digital and pointer coordinates with those specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

SNM Transfer Form 2.

c.c.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to ensure that the position is empty and in with the spotter to ensure that the position is empty and in agreement with the specified coordinates.

agreement with the specified coordinates.

29.29.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, core coordinates, the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, core coordinates, and mast orientation.

and mast orientation.

a.a.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, core confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, core coordinates, and mast orientation are correct.

coordinates, and mast orientation are correct.

b.b.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to continue the move.

permission from the RCRO to continue the move.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 59 of 130 Page 59 of 130 Page 59 of 130 6.4.D 6.4.D6.4.DCore to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONJust prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (nominal hoist coordinate 126.56) hoist Just prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (nominal hoist coordinate 126.56) hoistspeed shall be reduced to slow speed to prevent bump at the down stop.

speed shall be reduced to slow speed to prevent bump at the down stop.

30.30.IF IF IF the hoist is above the Down Stop Bypass Zone, the hoist is above the Down Stop Bypass Zone, THEN THEN THEN LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the hoist box is at the mechanical down stop the hoist until the hoist box is at the mechanical down stop (hoist load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up (hoist load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by mechanical stop).

by mechanical stop).

31.31.CHECK CHECK CHECK the alignment of the mast and designated core location.

the alignment of the mast and designated core location. NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any timethe TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable. Steps 32 and 33 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 32 and 33 may be performed concurrently.

32.32.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.

33.33.IF IF IF spreader operation is directed by the FHS, spreader operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN LOWER LOWER LOWER the spreader.

the spreader. NOTE NOTE NOTE Step 34 is to be performed concurrently with Steps 35 through 37.

Step 34 is to be performed concurrently with Steps 35 through 37.

34.34.INSERT INSERT INSERT the fuel into the core, the fuel into the core, AND AND AND USE USE USE the audible counter the audible counter AND AND AND REPORT REPORT REPORT any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO.

any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 60 of 130 Page 60 of 130 Page 60 of 130 6.4.D 6.4.D6.4.DCore to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 35.35.Lower the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, Lower the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, observing hoist load indication during insertion:

observing hoist load indication during insertion:

a.a.IF IF IF no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs OR OR OR the deviation is the deviation is less than 50 lbs, less than 50 lbs, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Step 36.

to Step 36.

b.b.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO the RCRO AND AND AND CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE insertion with caution.

insertion with caution. NOTE NOTE NOTE At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 35.c may be performed in anticipation At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 35.c may be performed in anticipationof interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies.

of interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies. Any actions taken in Step 35.c are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 35.c are to be documented in the applicable Fuel HandlingProcedure.

Procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.

be used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.

c.c.IF IF IF the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP insertion, insertion, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:RAISE RAISE RAISE the assembly until fully clear of the core support alignment pins the assembly until fully clear of the core support alignment pins AND AND AND HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction directionHAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the assembly at other elevations (partially inserted) assembly at other elevations (partially inserted)

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 61 of 130 Page 61 of 130 Page 61 of 130 6.4.D.35 6.4.D.356.4.D.35Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe differential force registered on the load cell indication shall The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT NOT NOT be allowed to exceed be allowed to exceed100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.

100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids. Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.

Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.WARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from potential grid interferences potential grid interferencesWith the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK With the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs.

exceed 300 lbs.IF IF IF the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall) the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall)

AND AND AND provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbs AND AND AND with specific FHS authorization, with specific FHS authorization, THEN THEN THEN HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the interference interferenceLOWER LOWER LOWER the assembly into the core in line with the "To" location of the the assembly into the core in line with the "To" location of the SNM Transfer Form 2 and away from any other fuel assembly to a SNM Transfer Form 2 and away from any other fuel assembly to a position just above the core support plate alignment pins position just above the core support plate alignment pins AND AND AND HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM coordinates to those of the SNM speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM coordinates to those of the SNM Transfer Form 2 Transfer Form 2 d.d.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Step 35, as necessary to insert the fuel assembly.

Step 35, as necessary to insert the fuel assembly.

e.e.IF IF IF the hang-up persists the hang-up persists AND AND AND the NFM-lead engineer, with the concurrence the NFM-lead engineer, with the concurrence of the FHS, directs a modification to the fuel move sequence be initiated to of the FHS, directs a modification to the fuel move sequence be initiated to temporarily relocate the assembly to a different approved location, temporarily relocate the assembly to a different approved location, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

(1)(1)RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist until the assembly is fully clear of the core support the hoist until the assembly is fully clear of the core support alignment pins.

alignment pins.

(2)(2)RETURN RETURN RETURN to Step 21, using the new coordinates given by the NFM-Lead to Step 21, using the new coordinates given by the NFM-Lead engineer, as applicable, for the new destination.

engineer, as applicable, for the new destination.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 62 of 130 Page 62 of 130 Page 62 of 130 6.4.D 6.4.D6.4.DCore to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 36.36.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the fuel assembly is seated in the core, as indicated by the hoist until the fuel assembly is seated in the core, as indicated by load decreasing load decreasing AND AND AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition occurring as the weight a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition occurring as the weight of the fuel assembly is taken up by the fuel alignment pins (hoist index of of the fuel assembly is taken up by the fuel alignment pins (hoist index of approximately 297 inches).

approximately 297 inches).

37.37.CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached, CABLE lowering the hoist until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT SLACK is indicated on the CRT AND AND AND the hoist stops automatically (nominal the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist coordinates of 298.00).

hoist coordinates of 298.00).

38.38.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO the assembly is fully inserted.

the RCRO the assembly is fully inserted.

a.a.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to ungrapple the assembly.

permission from the RCRO to ungrapple the assembly.

(1)(1)The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving permission.

permission.

[B0270][B0270][B0270]39.39.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the assembly is properly aligned with the core.

the assembly is properly aligned with the core.

40.40.UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE the assembly as follows:

the assembly as follows:

a.a.IF IF IF CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until the Cable Slack indication goes away the grapple until the Cable Slack indication goes away AND AND AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

b.b.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicatean inadvertently grappled CEA.

an inadvertently grappled CEA.

41.41.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches the grapple approximately 3 inches AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.COMPARE COMPARE COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight documented the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

(1)(1)IF IF IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT NOT NOT empty, empty, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal withdrawal AND AND AND CONSULT CONSULT CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.

before continuing.

b.b.RECORD RECORD RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

42.42.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the UGOZ.

the hoist to the UGOZ. NOTE NOTE NOTE The hoist will The hoist will NOT NOT NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

a.a.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple.

the grapple.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 63 of 130 Page 63 of 130 Page 63 of 130 6.4.D 6.4.D6.4.DCore to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 43.43.CHECK CHECK CHECK there is an assembly present in the core location listed on the SNM there is an assembly present in the core location listed on the SNM Transfer Form 2 "To" location by using Figure 1A or 1B, as applicable, and Transfer Form 2 "To" location by using Figure 1A or 1B, as applicable, and looking at the core.

looking at the core.

a.a.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO that the "TO" location contains an assembly.

the RCRO that the "TO" location contains an assembly.

44.44.INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) the move just completed. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) a.a.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, final location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight.

final location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 45, 46, 47 and 48 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 45, 46, 47 and 48 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT NOT NOT catch on catch onan adjacent CEA while being raised.

an adjacent CEA while being raised.

[B0207][B0207][B0207] The Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

45.45.IF IF IF the spreader was used, the spreader was used, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the spreader the spreader AND AND AND OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE retraction.

retraction.

46.46.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.

the TV camera is vertical.

47.47.IF IF IF continuing with core to core movement, continuing with core to core movement, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to above the UGOZ (above hoist index of 268 inches).

the hoist to above the UGOZ (above hoist index of 268 inches).

48.48.IF IF IF additional moves other than core to core are to be performed, additional moves other than core to core are to be performed, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

49.49.IF IF IF additional core to core moves are to be performed, additional core to core moves are to be performed, THEN THEN THEN RETURN RETURN RETURN to the beginning of Subsection 6.4.D.

to the beginning of Subsection 6.4.D.

50.50.IF IF IF additional moves other than core to core are to be performed, additional moves other than core to core are to be performed, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.

next move.

51.51.IF IF IF fuel movement is complete, fuel movement is complete, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Section 6.5, to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE

, , to secure the RFM.

to secure the RFM.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 64 of 130 Page 64 of 130 Page 64 of 130 6.4 6.46.4ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.E 6.4.E6.4.EUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:

the following conditions have been established:The RFM is over the upender The RFM is over the upenderThe RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions has has been completed) been completed)A spotter is available to observe movement A spotter is available to observe movement

[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the up limit The hoist is at the up limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, upender notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, upender location, and the required FUEL SELECTOR switch position, if applicable.

location, and the required FUEL SELECTOR switch position, if applicable.

3.3.ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, upender cavity location, and FUEL SELECTOR number, mast orientation, upender cavity location, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position, if applicable.

switch position, if applicable.

4.4.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.Form 2.5.5.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment. NOTE NOTE NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

6.6.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the desired upender location the RFM over the desired upender location PER PER PER the SNM the SNM Transfer Form 2.

Transfer Form 2.

a.a.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct RFM position with the spotter to verify correct RFM position AND AND AND the the grapple is directly above the upender.

grapple is directly above the upender.

7.7.CONFIRM CONFIRM CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct, if applicable, switch are correct, if applicable, AND AND AND INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Transfer Form 2. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)

Form 2. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) 8.8.SET SET SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 65 of 130 Page 65 of 130 Page 65 of 130 6.4.E 6.4.E6.4.EUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

9.9.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on.comes on.a.a.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple. NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time theTV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

10.10.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.

11.11.LOWER LOWER LOWER the grapple until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and the grapple until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT:

CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT:The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on first The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on firstThe hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal The hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal hoist coordinate is 178.00) hoist coordinate is 178.00)The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the fuel assembly The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the fuel assembly top plate or top of the object top plate or top of the objectThe fuel assembly top plate webs (or lifting bails of the object) should be in The fuel assembly top plate webs (or lifting bails of the object) should be in the grapple "entrance" slots the grapple "entrance" slots 12.12.GRAPPLE GRAPPLE GRAPPLE the object as follows:

the object as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out AND AND AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

b.b.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple the grapple AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK proper grapple alignment of the object.

proper grapple alignment of the object.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 66 of 130 Page 66 of 130 Page 66 of 130 6.4.E 6.4.E6.4.EUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This wouldbe one indication of proper grappling.

be one indication of proper grappling. The weight of a fuel assembly or a dummy fuel assembly should be between the over The weight of a fuel assembly or a dummy fuel assembly should be between the overand under load limits as shown on the analog load display on the CRT.

and under load limits as shown on the analog load display on the CRT.

13.13.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

14.14.IF IF IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN THEN THEN the spotter should visually the spotter should visually INSPECT INSPECT INSPECT the grapple either by camera or the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.

binoculars to verify the no load condition.

IF IF IF no load condition exists, no load condition exists, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, the grapple to the UGOZ, AND AND AND OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple.

a.a.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates the bridge and trolley coordinates AND AND AND ADJUST as required to ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the object.

index the grapple over the object.

b.b.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Steps 11 through 13.

Steps 11 through 13.

15.15.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO when the object is grappled, if applicable:

the RCRO when the object is grappled, if applicable:

a.a.PROVIDE PROVIDE PROVIDE the weight of the object and whether the assembly is shiny or the weight of the object and whether the assembly is shiny or dark (if a fuel assembly).

dark (if a fuel assembly).

b.b.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and storage rack coordinates, notification of the mast orientation and storage rack coordinates, AND AND AND that the move may continue.

that the move may continue.

16.16.RECORD RECORD RECORD the weight of the object on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the correct the weight of the object on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the correct step, if applicable.

step, if applicable.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 67 of 130 Page 67 of 130 Page 67 of 130 6.4.E 6.4.E6.4.EUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONHoist load indication shall be carefully observed during withdrawal when the Hoist load indication shall be carefully observed during withdrawal when theHOIST LOAD BYPASS is ON since the load system interlocks are bypassed.

HOIST LOAD BYPASS is ON since the load system interlocks are bypassed.

17.17.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the up limit the hoist to the up limit AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following, observing hoist the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:

load indication during hoisting:

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK load increases as the object is picked up.

load increases as the object is picked up.The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the LGOZ the assembly is raised above the LGOZSpeed is restricted to slow speed until the object is raised above the low Speed is restricted to slow speed until the object is raised above the low zone zoneThe UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until the assembly is raised above the UGOZ the assembly is raised above the UGOZ NOTE NOTE NOTE Any actions taken in Step 17.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 17.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

b.b.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal, withdrawal, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does registered on the load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbs OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 68 of 130 Page 68 of 130 Page 68 of 130 6.4.E.17 6.4.E.176.4.E.17Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe differential force registered on the load cell indication shall The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT NOT NOT be allowed to exceed be allowed to exceed100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.

100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids. Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.

Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.WARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference interference c.c.WHEN WHEN WHEN the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 17.b, if required, the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 17.b, if required, THEN THEN THEN CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE raising the hoist to the up limit.

raising the hoist to the up limit.

18.18.IF IF IF used, used, THEN THEN THEN PLACE PLACE PLACE the TV camera in the vertical position the TV camera in the vertical position AND AND AND OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE the the camera is vertical.

camera is vertical.

19.19.IF IF IF necessary, necessary, THEN THEN THEN ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE the mast to the orientation specified on the SNM Transfer Form the mast to the orientation specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.2.20.20.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

21.21.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the Refuel Pool storage rack coordinates the RFM over the Refuel Pool storage rack coordinates specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2:

specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2:

a.a.COMPARE COMPARE COMPARE the digital coordinates for the storage rack with those specified the digital coordinates for the storage rack with those specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

b.b.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to ensure the following:

with the spotter to ensure the following:The position is in agreement with the specified coordinates The position is in agreement with the specified coordinatesThe specified location is empty The specified location is emptyThe grapple is directly above the desired location The grapple is directly above the desired location OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 69 of 130 Page 69 of 130 Page 69 of 130 6.4.E 6.4.E6.4.EUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 22.22.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, storage rack the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, storage rack coordinates, and mast orientation, if applicable.

coordinates, and mast orientation, if applicable.

a.a.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, storage rack confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, storage rack coordinates, and mast orientation are correct.

coordinates, and mast orientation are correct.

b.b.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to continue the move.

permission from the RCRO to continue the move. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 23 and 24 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 23 and 24 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

23.23.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT

(~5.21").(~5.21").The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication BOX LATCHED indication NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time theTV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

24.24.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 70 of 130 Page 70 of 130 Page 70 of 130 6.4.E 6.4.E6.4.EUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 25.25.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the storage rack, observing hoist the hoist to insert the assembly into the storage rack, observing hoist load indication during insertion:

load indication during insertion: NOTE NOTE NOTE Any actions taken in Step 25.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 25.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.

be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.

a.a.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP insertion, insertion, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does registered on the load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbsCAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe differential force registered on the load cell indication shall The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT NOT NOT be allowed to exceed be allowed to exceed100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.

100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids. Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.

Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.WARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference interference 26.26.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the object into the storage rack until the hoist index the hoist to insert the object into the storage rack until the hoist index indicates approximately 176 inches indicates approximately 176 inches AND AND AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is indicated as the weight of the object is taken up by the storage rack:

indicated as the weight of the object is taken up by the storage rack:The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the grapple passes through this area grapple passes through this area 27.27.CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE lowering the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, AND AND AND the hoist the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist coordinate of 178.00).

stops automatically (nominal hoist coordinate of 178.00).

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 71 of 130 Page 71 of 130 Page 71 of 130 6.4.E 6.4.E6.4.EUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 28.28.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO the object is fully inserted into the temporary storage rack.

the RCRO the object is fully inserted into the temporary storage rack.

29.29.UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE the object as follows:

the object as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

b.b.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple. NOTE NOTE NOTE The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicatean inadvertently grappled CEA.

an inadvertently grappled CEA.

30.30.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches the grapple approximately 3 inches AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.COMPARE COMPARE COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight of the object the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight of the object (documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable).(documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable).

(1)(1)IF IF IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT NOT NOT empty, empty, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal withdrawal AND AND AND CONSULT CONSULT CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.

before continuing.

b.b.RECORD RECORD RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable.

applicable.

31.31.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ.

the grapple to the UGOZ. NOTE NOTE NOTE The hoist will The hoist will NOT NOT NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

a.a.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple.

the grapple.

32.32.INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed, if applicable. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) the move just completed, if applicable. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) a.a.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, storage rack coordinates, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight, if storage rack coordinates, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight, if applicable.

applicable. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 33 and 34 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 33 and 34 may be performed concurrently.

33.33.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.

the TV camera is vertical.

34.34.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 72 of 130 Page 72 of 130 Page 72 of 130 6.4.E 6.4.E6.4.EUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 35.35.IF IF IF additional moves are to be performed, additional moves are to be performed, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.

next move.

36.36.IF IF IF movement is complete, movement is complete, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Section 6.5, to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE

, , to secure the RFM.

to secure the RFM.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 73 of 130 Page 73 of 130 Page 73 of 130 6.4 6.46.4ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.F 6.4.F6.4.FTemporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:

the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions has has been completed) been completed)A spotter is available to observe movement A spotter is available to observe movement

[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit The hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.RCRO.3.3.ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and FUEL SELECTOR number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position.

switch position.

4.4.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.Form 2.5.5.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

6.6.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the desired storage rack coordinates the RFM over the desired storage rack coordinates PER PER PER the the SNM Transfer Form 2:

SNM Transfer Form 2:

a.a.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct storage rack coordinates with the spotter to verify correct storage rack coordinates AND AND AND the grapple is directly above the storage rack cavity.

the grapple is directly above the storage rack cavity.

7.7.CONFIRM CONFIRM CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct switch are correct AND AND AND INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2.(N/A if NO SNM form on machine)(N/A if NO SNM form on machine) 8.8.SET SET SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.

9.9.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on.comes on.a.a.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 74 of 130 Page 74 of 130 Page 74 of 130 6.4.F 6.4.F6.4.FTemporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time theTV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

10.10.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.

11.11.LOWER LOWER LOWER the grapple until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE the grapple until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE AND AND AND a CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT.

a CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT.The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on first The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on firstThe hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal The hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal hoist coordinate is 178.00) hoist coordinate is 178.00)The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the top of the The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the top of the assembly assemblyThe fuel assembly top plate webs should be in the grapple "entrance" slots The fuel assembly top plate webs should be in the grapple "entrance" slots 12.12.GRAPPLE GRAPPLE GRAPPLE the assembly as follows:

the assembly as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes away the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes away AND AND AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

b.b.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple the grapple AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK proper grapple alignment (center post of proper grapple alignment (center post of fuel assembly).

fuel assembly). NOTE NOTE NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This wouldbe one indication of proper grappling.

be one indication of proper grappling. The weight of the assembly should be between the over and under load limits as The weight of the assembly should be between the over and under load limits asshown on the analog load display on the CRT.

shown on the analog load display on the CRT.

13.13.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

14.14.IF IF IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN THEN THEN the spotter should visually the spotter should visually INSPECT INSPECT INSPECT the grapple either by camera or the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.

binoculars to verify the no load condition.

IF IF IF no load condition exists, no load condition exists, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, the grapple to the UGOZ, AND AND AND OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple.

a.a.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates the bridge and trolley coordinates AND AND AND ADJUST as required to ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

b.b.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Steps 11 through 13.

Steps 11 through 13.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 75 of 130 Page 75 of 130 Page 75 of 130 6.4.F 6.4.F6.4.FTemporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 15.15.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO when the assembly is grappled:

the RCRO when the assembly is grappled:

a.a.PROVIDE PROVIDE PROVIDE the weight of the assembly and whether the assembly is shiny or the weight of the assembly and whether the assembly is shiny or dark.dark.b.b.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE RCRO notification of the mast orientation and core location and RCRO notification of the mast orientation and core location and permission for the move to continue.

permission for the move to continue.

c.c.ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the mast orientation and core the RCRO notification of the mast orientation and core location.location.16.16.RECORD RECORD RECORD the weight of the assembly on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the the weight of the assembly on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the applicable step.

applicable step.

17.17.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the up limit the hoist to the up limit AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following, observing hoist the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:

load indication during hoisting:

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK load increases as the assembly is picked up.

load increases as the assembly is picked up.The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the Lower Grapple Operate Zone (LGOZ) the assembly is raised above the Lower Grapple Operate Zone (LGOZ)Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is raised above Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is raised above the low zone the low zoneThe UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the object is raised approximately 18 inches after the object is raised approximately 18 inches AND AND AND remain on until remain on until the object is raised above the UGOZ the object is raised above the UGOZ NOTE NOTE NOTE Any actions taken in Step 17.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 17.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.

be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.

b.b.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal, withdrawal, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does registered on the load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbs OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 76 of 130 Page 76 of 130 Page 76 of 130 6.4.F.17 6.4.F.176.4.F.17Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe differential force registered on the load cell indication shall The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT NOT NOT be allowed to exceed be allowed to exceed100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.

100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids. Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.

Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.WARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference interference c.c.WHEN WHEN WHEN the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 17.b, if required, the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 17.b, if required, THEN THEN THEN CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE raising the hoist to the up limit.

raising the hoist to the up limit.

18.18.IF IF IF used, used, THEN THEN THEN PLACE PLACE PLACE the TV camera in the vertical position the TV camera in the vertical position AND AND AND OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE the the camera is vertical.

camera is vertical.

19.19.IF IF IF necessary, necessary, THEN THEN THEN ROTATE ROTATE ROTATE the mast to the orientation specified on the SNM Transfer Form the mast to the orientation specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.2.20.20.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

21.21.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the core coordinates specified on the SNM the RFM over the core coordinates specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

Transfer Form 2.

a.a.COMPARE COMPARE COMPARE the digital and pointer coordinates with those specified on the the digital and pointer coordinates with those specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

SNM Transfer Form 2.

b.b.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to ensure that the RFM position is empty and with the spotter to ensure that the RFM position is empty and in agreement with the specified coordinates.

in agreement with the specified coordinates.

22.22.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, core coordinates, the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, core coordinates, and mast orientation.

and mast orientation.

a.a.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, core confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, core coordinates, and mast orientation are correct.

coordinates, and mast orientation are correct.

b.b.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to continue the move.

permission from the RCRO to continue the move.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 77 of 130 Page 77 of 130 Page 77 of 130 6.4.F 6.4.F6.4.FTemporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONJust prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (nominal hoist coordinate 126.56) hoist Just prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (nominal hoist coordinate 126.56) hoistspeed shall be reduced to slow speed to prevent bump at the down stop.

speed shall be reduced to slow speed to prevent bump at the down stop.

23.23.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the hoist box is at the Down Stop Bypass Zone (hoist the hoist until the hoist box is at the Down Stop Bypass Zone (hoist load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by mechanical stop).

mechanical stop).

24.24.CHECK CHECK CHECK the alignment of the mast and designated core location.

the alignment of the mast and designated core location. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 25 and 26 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 25 and 26 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

25.25.IF IF IF spreader operation is directed by the FHS, spreader operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN LOWER LOWER LOWER the spreader.

the spreader. NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time theTV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

26.26.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera. NOTE NOTE NOTE Step 27 is to be performed concurrently with Steps 28 through 30.

Step 27 is to be performed concurrently with Steps 28 through 30.

27.27.INSERT INSERT INSERT the fuel into the core, the fuel into the core, AND AND AND USE USE USE the audible counter the audible counter AND AND AND REPORT REPORT REPORT any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO.

any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO.

[B0270][B0270][B0270]

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 78 of 130 Page 78 of 130 Page 78 of 130 6.4.F 6.4.F6.4.FTemporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 28.28.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, observing hoist load indication during insertion:

observing hoist load indication during insertion:

a.a.IF IF IF no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs OR OR OR the deviation is the deviation is less than 50 lbs, less than 50 lbs, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Step 29.

to Step 29.

b.b.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO the RCRO AND AND AND CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE insertion with caution.

insertion with caution. NOTE NOTE NOTE At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 28.c may be performed in anticipation At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 28.c may be performed in anticipationof interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies.

of interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies. Any actions taken in Step 28.c are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 28.c are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.

be used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.

c.c.IF IF IF the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP insertion, insertion, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:RAISE RAISE RAISE the assembly until fully clear of the core support alignment pins the assembly until fully clear of the core support alignment pins AND AND AND HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction directionHAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the assembly at other elevations (partially inserted) assembly at other elevations (partially inserted)

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 79 of 130 Page 79 of 130 Page 79 of 130 6.4.F.28 6.4.F.286.4.F.28Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe differential force registered on the load cell indication shall The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT NOT NOT be allowed to exceed be allowed to exceed100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.

100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids. Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.

Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.WARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from potential grid interferences potential grid interferencesWith the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK With the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs.

exceed 300 lbs.IF IF IF the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall) the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall)

AND AND AND provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbs AND AND AND with specific FHS authorization, with specific FHS authorization, THEN THEN THEN HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the interference interferenceLOWER LOWER LOWER the assembly into the core in line with the "To" location of the the assembly into the core in line with the "To" location of the SNM Transfer Form 2 and away from any other fuel assembly to a SNM Transfer Form 2 and away from any other fuel assembly to a position just above the core support plate alignment pins position just above the core support plate alignment pins AND AND AND HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM coordinates to those of the SNM speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM coordinates to those of the SNM Transfer Form 2 Transfer Form 2 d.d.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Step 28, as necessary to insert the fuel assembly.

Step 28, as necessary to insert the fuel assembly.

e.e.IF IF IF the hang-up persists the hang-up persists AND AND AND the NFM-lead engineer, with the concurrence the NFM-lead engineer, with the concurrence of the FHS, directs a modification to the fuel move sequence be initiated to of the FHS, directs a modification to the fuel move sequence be initiated to temporarily relocate the assembly to a different approved location, temporarily relocate the assembly to a different approved location, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

(1)(1)RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist until the assembly is fully clear of the core support the hoist until the assembly is fully clear of the core support alignment pins.

alignment pins.

(2)(2)RETURN RETURN RETURN to Step 17 to Step 17 AND AND AND USE USE USE the new coordinates given by the the new coordinates given by the NFM-Lead engineer, as applicable, for the new destination.

NFM-Lead engineer, as applicable, for the new destination.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 80 of 130 Page 80 of 130 Page 80 of 130 6.4.F 6.4.F6.4.FTemporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 29.29.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the fuel assembly is seated in the core, as indicated by the hoist until the fuel assembly is seated in the core, as indicated by load decreasing load decreasing AND AND AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition occurring as the weight a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition occurring as the weight of the fuel assembly is taken up by the fuel alignment pins (hoist index of of the fuel assembly is taken up by the fuel alignment pins (hoist index of approximately 297 inches).

approximately 297 inches).

30.30.CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached, CABLE lowering the hoist until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist coordinate of 298.00) coordinate of 298.00) 31.31.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO the assembly is fully inserted.

the RCRO the assembly is fully inserted.

a.a.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to ungrapple the assembly:

permission from the RCRO to ungrapple the assembly:

(1)(1)The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving permission.

permission.

[B0270][B0270][B0270]32.32.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the assembly is properly aligned with the core.

the assembly is properly aligned with the core.

33.33.UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE the assembly as follows:

the assembly as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until the Cable Slack indication goes away the grapple until the Cable Slack indication goes away AND AND AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

b.b.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple. NOTE NOTE NOTE The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicatean inadvertently grappled CEA.

an inadvertently grappled CEA.

34.34.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches the grapple approximately 3 inches AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.COMPARE COMPARE COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight documented the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

(1)(1)IF IF IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT NOT NOT empty, empty, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal withdrawal AND AND AND CONSULT CONSULT CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.

before continuing.

b.b.RECORD RECORD RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

35.35.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the UGOZ.

the hoist to the UGOZ. NOTE NOTE NOTE The hoist will The hoist will NOT NOT NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

a.a.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple.

the grapple.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 81 of 130 Page 81 of 130 Page 81 of 130 6.4.F 6.4.F6.4.FTemporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 36.36.CHECK CHECK CHECK there is an assembly present in the core location listed on the SNM there is an assembly present in the core location listed on the SNM Transfer Form 2 "To" location by using Figure 1A or 1B, as applicable, and Transfer Form 2 "To" location by using Figure 1A or 1B, as applicable, and looking at the core.

looking at the core.

a.a.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO that the "TO" location contains an assembly.

the RCRO that the "TO" location contains an assembly.

37.37.INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) the move just completed. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) a.a.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, final location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight.

final location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 38, 39, 40 and 41 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 38, 39, 40 and 41 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT NOT NOT catch on catch onan adjacent CEA while being raised.

an adjacent CEA while being raised.

[B0207][B0207][B0207] The Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

38.38.IF IF IF the spreader was used, the spreader was used, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the spreader the spreader AND AND AND OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE retraction.

retraction.

39.39.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.

the TV camera is vertical.

40.40.IF IF IF continuing movement continuing movement AND AND AND the next location is within the core, the next location is within the core, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to above the UGOZ (above hoist index of 268 inches).

the hoist to above the UGOZ (above hoist index of 268 inches).

41.41.IF IF IF additional moves other than core to core are to be performed, additional moves other than core to core are to be performed, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

42.42.IF IF IF additional moves are to be performed, additional moves are to be performed, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.

next move.

43.43.IF IF IF fuel movement is complete, fuel movement is complete, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Section 6.5, to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE

, , to secure the RFM.

to secure the RFM.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 82 of 130 Page 82 of 130 Page 82 of 130 6.4 6.46.4ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.G 6.4.G6.4.GCore to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:

the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions

, , has been completed) has been completed)A spotter is available to observe fuel movement A spotter is available to observe fuel movement

[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is above 268 inches The hoist is above 268 inches AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, core notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, core location, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.

location, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.

3.3.ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, core location, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position.

number, mast orientation, core location, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position.

4.4.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the FUEL SELECTOR switch is in the correct position.

the FUEL SELECTOR switch is in the correct position.

5.5.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.Form 2.6.6.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment. NOTE NOTE NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

7.7.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the desired core location as directed the RFM over the desired core location as directed PER PER PER the the SNM Transfer Form 2.

SNM Transfer Form 2.

a.a.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct core coordinates with the spotter to verify correct core coordinates AND AND AND the the grapple is centered above the location.

grapple is centered above the location.

8.8.CONFIRM CONFIRM CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct switch are correct AND AND AND INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the "VER" column of the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the "VER" column of the SNM Transfer Form 2.(N/A if NO SNM form on machine)(N/A if NO SNM form on machine) 9.9.SET SET SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 83 of 130 Page 83 of 130 Page 83 of 130 6.4.G 6.4.G6.4.GCore to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Just prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (supported by down stop: nominal Just prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (supported by down stop: nominalhoist coordinate 126.56) hoist speed will be automatically reduced to slow speed to hoist coordinate 126.56) hoist speed will be automatically reduced to slow speed toprevent bump at down stop.

prevent bump at down stop.

10.10.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the hoist box is at the mechanical down stop (hoist load the hoist until the hoist box is at the mechanical down stop (hoist load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by mechanical stop).

mechanical stop). NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 11, 12 and 13 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 11, 12 and 13 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

11.11.IF IF IF spreader operation is directed by the FHS, spreader operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN LOWER LOWER LOWER the spreader.

the spreader. NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time theTV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

12.12.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.

13.13.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (UGOZ) is the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (UGOZ) is indicated (~277 inches).

indicated (~277 inches).

14.14.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 84 of 130 Page 84 of 130 Page 84 of 130 6.4.G 6.4.G6.4.GCore to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Movement should be stopped Movement should be stopped AND AND AND the FHS informed, if during the process of lowering it the FHS informed, if during the process of lowering itappears that the assembly cannot be grappled on the center guide post.

appears that the assembly cannot be grappled on the center guide post.

15.15.LOWER LOWER LOWER the grapple until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached the grapple until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached OR OR OR CABLE SLACK is CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT.

indicated on the CRT.The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (LGOZ) indication will come on The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (LGOZ) indication will come on first firstThe hoist is automatically stopped when the Hoist Lower Limit occurs The hoist is automatically stopped when the Hoist Lower Limit occurs (nominal hoist coordinate for this position is 298.00)(nominal hoist coordinate for this position is 298.00)The top plate webs should be in the grapple "entrance" slots The top plate webs should be in the grapple "entrance" slots 16.16.GRAPPLE GRAPPLE GRAPPLE the assembly as follows:

the assembly as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes away the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes away AND AND AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

b.b.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple the grapple AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK proper grapple alignment (center post of proper grapple alignment (center post of fuel assembly).

fuel assembly).

17.17.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE HOIST LOAD BYPASS is OFF.

HOIST LOAD BYPASS is OFF. NOTE NOTE NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This wouldbe one indication of proper grappling.

be one indication of proper grappling. The weight of the assembly should be between the over and under load limits as The weight of the assembly should be between the over and under load limits asshown on the analog load display on the CRT.

shown on the analog load display on the CRT.

18.18.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

19.19.IF IF IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN THEN THEN the spotter should visually the spotter should visually INSPECT INSPECT INSPECT the grapple either by camera or the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.

binoculars to verify the no load condition.

IF IF IF no load condition exists, no load condition exists, THEN THEN THEN RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, AND AND AND OPEN OPEN OPEN grapple. grapple.a.a.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates the bridge and trolley coordinates AND AND AND ADJUST as required to ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

b.b.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Steps 15 through 18.

Steps 15 through 18.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 85 of 130 Page 85 of 130 Page 85 of 130 6.4.G 6.4.G6.4.GCore to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 20.20.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO when the assembly is grappled the RCRO when the assembly is grappled AND AND AND PROVIDE PROVIDE PROVIDE the weight the weight of the assembly.

of the assembly.

a.a.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and storage rack cavity notification of the mast orientation and storage rack cavity coordinates, and that the move may continue.

coordinates, and that the move may continue.

21.21.RECORD RECORD RECORD the weight of the assembly on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the the weight of the assembly on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the applicable step.

applicable step.

22.22.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist the hoist AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following, observing hoist load indication the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:

during hoisting:

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK load increases as the assembly is picked up.

load increases as the assembly is picked up.The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the LGOZ the assembly is raised above the LGOZSpeed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is fully raised Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the hoist box into the hoist boxThe UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches AND AND AND remain on remain on until the assembly is raised above the UGOZ (approximately 277.00) until the assembly is raised above the UGOZ (approximately 277.00) b.b.IF IF IF no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs OR OR OR the deviation is the deviation is less than 50 lbs, less than 50 lbs, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Step 23.

to Step 23.

c.c.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO the RCRO AND AND AND CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE withdrawal with caution.

withdrawal with caution.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 86 of 130 Page 86 of 130 Page 86 of 130 6.4.G.22 6.4.G.226.4.G.22Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 22.d may be performed in anticipation At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 22.d may be performed in anticipationof interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies.

of interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies. Any actions taken in Step 22.d are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 22.d are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.

be used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.

d.d.IF IF IF the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal, withdrawal, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:RETURN RETURN RETURN the fuel assembly to the fully inserted position the fuel assembly to the fully inserted position AND AND AND either either HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any directionHAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the assembly at other elevations (than fully inserted) assembly at other elevations (than fully inserted)

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 87 of 130 Page 87 of 130 Page 87 of 130 6.4.G.22 6.4.G.226.4.G.22Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe differential force registered on the load cell indication shall The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT NOT NOT be allowed to exceed be allowed to exceed100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.

100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids. Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.

Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.WARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from potential grid interferences potential grid interferencesWith the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK With the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs.

exceed 300 lbs.IF IF IF the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall) the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall)

AND AND AND provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbs AND AND AND with specific FHS authorization, with specific FHS authorization, THEN THEN THEN HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the interference interference e.e.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Step 22, as necessary to remove the fuel assembly.

Step 22, as necessary to remove the fuel assembly.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 88 of 130 Page 88 of 130 Page 88 of 130 6.4.G 6.4.G6.4.GCore to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light indicates that the FUEL ONLY overload is bypassed.

The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light indicates that the FUEL ONLY overload is bypassed.The FUEL PLUS HOIST overload is still active.

The FUEL PLUS HOIST overload is still active. The Load Transition Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicated by The Load Transition Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicated bythe Hoist Load Bypass light automatically coming on.

the Hoist Load Bypass light automatically coming on.

23.23.CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE raising the hoist until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the hoist raising the hoist until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the hoist box (at 126.56 inches as the weight of the hoist box is picked up by the box (at 126.56 inches as the weight of the hoist box is picked up by the grapple).grapple).a.a.RELEASE RELEASE RELEASE the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:

the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 inches before the weighing meter indicates the load has increased due inches before the weighing meter indicates the load has increased due to the hoist pick up to the hoist pick upThe HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist slightly above this point slightly above this point NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 24 and 25 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 24 and 25 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe spotter shall observe the retraction of the spreader to ensure that it does The spotter shall observe the retraction of the spreader to ensure that it does NOT NOT NOT catch catchan adjacent CEA while being raised.

an adjacent CEA while being raised.

[B0207][B0207][B0207]

24.24.IF IF IF the spreader was used, the spreader was used, THEN THEN THEN RAISE RAISE RAISE the spreader the spreader AND AND AND OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE spreader retraction.

spreader retraction.

25.25.IF IF IF used, used, THEN THEN THEN PLACE PLACE PLACE the TV camera in the vertical position the TV camera in the vertical position AND AND AND OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE the the camera is vertical.

camera is vertical.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 89 of 130 Page 89 of 130 Page 89 of 130 6.4.G 6.4.G6.4.GCore to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The Down Stop Bypass Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicated The Down Stop Bypass Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicatedby the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light automatically flashing.

by the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light automatically flashing. The Fuel plus Hoist overload is expected when initially picking up the hoist box at The Fuel plus Hoist overload is expected when initially picking up the hoist box atapproximately 126.56 inches.

approximately 126.56 inches.

26.26.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit AND AND AND IF IF IF the hoist stops on overload, the hoist stops on overload, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK the load cell indication.

the load cell indication.

b.b.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS the FHS AND AND AND NFM for further direction.

NFM for further direction.

27.27.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

28.28.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the specified temporary storage rack the RFM over the specified temporary storage rack coordinates.

coordinates.

a.a.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct RFM position, the specified with the spotter to verify correct RFM position, the specified storage rack cavity is empty, and the grapple is directly above the cavity.

storage rack cavity is empty, and the grapple is directly above the cavity.

29.29.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the mast orientation agrees with the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the mast orientation agrees with the SNM Transfer Form 2.

30.30.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation and storage rack coordinates.

and storage rack coordinates.

a.a.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, mast confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, mast orientation and storage rack location are correct.

orientation and storage rack location are correct. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 31 and 32 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 31 and 32 may be performed concurrently.

31.31.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT

(~5.21"): (~5.21"):The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication BOX LATCHED indication OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 90 of 130 Page 90 of 130 Page 90 of 130 6.4.G 6.4.G6.4.GCore to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time theTV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

32.32.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.

33.33.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the storage rack, observing hoist the hoist to insert the assembly into the storage rack, observing hoist load indication during insertion:

load indication during insertion: NOTE NOTE NOTE Any actions taken in Step 33.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 33.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.

be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.

a.a.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP insertion, insertion, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the TRAVEL OVERRIDE pushbutton (below use the TRAVEL OVERRIDE pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does force registered on the load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbsCAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe differential force registered on the load cell indication shall The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT NOT NOT be allowed to exceed be allowed to exceed100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.

100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids. Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.

Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.WARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference interference OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 91 of 130 Page 91 of 130 Page 91 of 130 6.4.G 6.4.G6.4.GCore to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 34.34.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the storage rack until the hoist the hoist to insert the assembly into the storage rack until the hoist index indicates approximately 176 inches index indicates approximately 176 inches AND AND AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is indicated as the weight of the fuel assembly is taken up by the condition is indicated as the weight of the fuel assembly is taken up by the storage rack:

storage rack:The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the grapple passes through this area grapple passes through this area 35.35.CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE lowering the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist index of approximately 178 inches).

stops automatically (nominal hoist index of approximately 178 inches).

36.36.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO the assembly is fully inserted.

the RCRO the assembly is fully inserted.

37.37.UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE the assembly as follows:

the assembly as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

b.b.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple. NOTE NOTE NOTE The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicatean inadvertently grappled CEA.

an inadvertently grappled CEA.

38.38.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches the grapple approximately 3 inches AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.COMPARE COMPARE COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight documented the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

(1)(1)IF IF IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT NOT NOT empty, empty, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal withdrawal AND AND AND CONSULT CONSULT CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.

before continuing.

b.b.RECORD RECORD RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

39.39.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the UGOZ.

the hoist to the UGOZ. NOTE NOTE NOTE The hoist will The hoist will NOT NOT NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

a.a.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple.

the grapple.

40.40.INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) the move just completed. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) a.a.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, storage rack coordinates, and empty grapple weight.

storage rack coordinates, and empty grapple weight.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 92 of 130 Page 92 of 130 Page 92 of 130 6.4.G 6.4.G6.4.GCore to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 41 and 42 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 41 and 42 may be performed concurrently.

41.41.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.

the TV camera is vertical.

42.42.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

43.43.IF IF IF additional moves are to be performed, additional moves are to be performed, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.

next move.

44.44.IF IF IF fuel movement is complete, fuel movement is complete, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Section 6.5, to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE

, , to secure the RFM.

to secure the RFM.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 93 of 130 Page 93 of 130 Page 93 of 130 6.4 6.46.4ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.H 6.4.H6.4.HTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:

the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions

, , has been completed) has been completed)A spotter is available to observe fuel movement A spotter is available to observe fuel movement

[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit The hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO, if applicable.

RCRO, if applicable.

3.3.ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position, if applicable.

SELECTOR switch position, if applicable.

4.4.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.Form 2.5.5.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

6.6.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the desired temporary storage rack location as the RFM over the desired temporary storage rack location as directed directed PER PER PER the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the SNM Transfer Form 2.

a.a.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct storage rack coordinates with the spotter to verify correct storage rack coordinates and the grapple is directly above the location.

and the grapple is directly above the location.

7.7.CONFIRM CONFIRM CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct switch are correct AND AND AND INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2.(N/A if NO SNM form on machine)(N/A if NO SNM form on machine) 8.8.SET SET SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.

9.9.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on.comes on.a.a.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 94 of 130 Page 94 of 130 Page 94 of 130 6.4.H 6.4.H6.4.HTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time theTV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

10.10.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.

11.11.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and the hoist until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT:

CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT:The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on first The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on firstThe hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal The hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal hoist coordinate for this position is 178.00) hoist coordinate for this position is 178.00)The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the top of the The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the top of the object objectThe fuel assembly top plate webs (or object lifting bail) should be in the The fuel assembly top plate webs (or object lifting bail) should be in the grapple "entrance" slots grapple "entrance" slots 12.12.GRAPPLE GRAPPLE GRAPPLE the object as follows:

the object as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out AND AND AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

b.b.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple the grapple AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK proper grapple alignment of the object.

proper grapple alignment of the object. NOTE NOTE NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This wouldbe one indication of proper grappling.

be one indication of proper grappling. The weight of a fuel assembly or a dummy fuel assembly should be between the over The weight of a fuel assembly or a dummy fuel assembly should be between the overand under load limits as shown on the analog load display on the CRT.

and under load limits as shown on the analog load display on the CRT.

13.13.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

14.14.IF IF IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN THEN THEN the spotter should visually the spotter should visually INSPECT INSPECT INSPECT the grapple either by camera or the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.

binoculars to verify the no load condition.

IF IF IF no load condition exists, no load condition exists, THEN THEN THEN RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, AND AND AND OPEN OPEN OPEN grapple. grapple.a.a.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates the bridge and trolley coordinates AND AND AND ADJUST as required to ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

b.b.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Steps 11 through 13.

Steps 11 through 13.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 95 of 130 Page 95 of 130 Page 95 of 130 6.4.H 6.4.H6.4.HTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 15.15.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO when the object is grappled, if applicable:

the RCRO when the object is grappled, if applicable:

a.a.PROVIDE PROVIDE PROVIDE the weight of the object.

the weight of the object.

b.b.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and upender cavity notification of the mast orientation and upender cavity coordinates, coordinates, AND AND AND that the move may continue.

that the move may continue.

16.16.RECORD RECORD RECORD the weight of the object on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the correct the weight of the object on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the correct step, if applicable.

step, if applicable.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONHoist load indication shall be carefully observed during withdrawal when the Hoist load indication shall be carefully observed during withdrawal when theHOIST LOAD BYPASS is ON since the load system interlocks are bypassed.

HOIST LOAD BYPASS is ON since the load system interlocks are bypassed.

17.17.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the up limit the hoist to the up limit AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following, observing hoist the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:

load indication during hoisting:

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK load increases as the object is picked up.

load increases as the object is picked up.The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the object is raised above the LGOZ the object is raised above the LGOZSpeed is restricted to slow speed until the object is raised above the low Speed is restricted to slow speed until the object is raised above the low zone zoneThe UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the object is raised approximately 18 inches after the object is raised approximately 18 inches AND AND AND remain on until remain on until the object is raised above the UGOZ the object is raised above the UGOZ OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 96 of 130 Page 96 of 130 Page 96 of 130 6.4.H.17 6.4.H.176.4.H.17Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Any actions taken in Step 17.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 17.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.

be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.

b.b.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal, withdrawal, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does registered on the load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbsCAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe differential force registered on the load cell indication shall The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT NOT NOT be allowed to exceed be allowed to exceed100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.

100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids. Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.

Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.WARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference interference c.c.WHEN WHEN WHEN the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 17.b, if required, the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 17.b, if required, THEN THEN THEN CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE raising the hoist to the up limit.

raising the hoist to the up limit.

18.18.IF IF IF used, used, THEN THEN THEN PLACE PLACE PLACE the TV camera in the vertical position the TV camera in the vertical position AND AND AND OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE the the camera is vertical.

camera is vertical.

19.19.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the mast orientation agrees with the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the mast orientation agrees with the SNM Transfer Form 2.

20.20.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 97 of 130 Page 97 of 130 Page 97 of 130 6.4.H 6.4.H6.4.HTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.

21.21.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the specified upender cavity.

the RFM over the specified upender cavity.

a.a.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct RFM position, the specified with the spotter to verify correct RFM position, the specified upender cavity is empty, and the grapple is directly above the cavity.

upender cavity is empty, and the grapple is directly above the cavity.

22.22.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation and upender cavity, if applicable.

and upender cavity, if applicable.

a.a.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, mast confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, mast orientation and upender cavity location are correct.

orientation and upender cavity location are correct. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 23 and 24 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 23 and 24 may be performed concurrently.

23.23.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT

(~5.21").(~5.21").The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication.

BOX LATCHED indication. NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time theTV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

24.24.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 98 of 130 Page 98 of 130 Page 98 of 130 6.4.H 6.4.H6.4.HTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 25.25.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the fuel carrier, observing hoist the hoist to insert the assembly into the fuel carrier, observing hoist load indication during insertion:

load indication during insertion: NOTE NOTE NOTE Any actions taken in Step 25.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 25.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

a.a.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP insertion, insertion, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the TRAVEL OVERRIDE pushbutton (below use the TRAVEL OVERRIDE pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does force registered on the load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbsCAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe differential force registered on the load cell indication shall The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT NOT NOT be allowed to exceed be allowed to exceed100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.

100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids. Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.

Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.WARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference interference 26.26.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the fuel carrier until the hoist index the hoist to insert the assembly into the fuel carrier until the hoist index indicates approximately 176 inches indicates approximately 176 inches AND AND AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is indicated as the weight of the fuel assembly is taken up by the fuel carrier:

indicated as the weight of the fuel assembly is taken up by the fuel carrier:The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the grapple passes through this area grapple passes through this area 27.27.CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE to lower the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE to lower the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically.

stops automatically.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 99 of 130 Page 99 of 130 Page 99 of 130 6.4.H 6.4.H6.4.HTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 28.28.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO the object is fully inserted.

the RCRO the object is fully inserted.

29.29.UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE the object as follows:

the object as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

b.b.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple. NOTE NOTE NOTE The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicatean inadvertently grappled CEA.

an inadvertently grappled CEA.

30.30.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches the grapple approximately 3 inches AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.COMPARE COMPARE COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight of the object the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight of the object (documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable).(documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable).

(1)(1)IF IF IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT NOT NOT empty, empty, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal withdrawal AND AND AND CONSULT CONSULT CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.

before continuing.

b.b.RECORD RECORD RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable.

applicable.

31.31.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ.

the grapple to the UGOZ. NOTE NOTE NOTE The hoist will The hoist will NOT NOT NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

a.a.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple.

the grapple.

32.32.INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed, if applicable. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) the move just completed, if applicable. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) a.a.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, upender location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight, if applicable.

upender location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight, if applicable. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 33 and 34 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 33 and 34 may be performed concurrently.

33.33.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.

the TV camera is vertical.

34.34.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 100 of 130 Page 100 of 130 Page 100 of 130 6.4.H 6.4.H6.4.HTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 35.35.IF IF IF additional moves are to be performed, additional moves are to be performed, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.

next move.

36.36.IF IF IF movement is complete, movement is complete, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Section 6.5, to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE

, , to secure the RFM.

to secure the RFM.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 101 of 130 Page 101 of 130 Page 101 of 130 6.4 6.46.4ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.I 6.4.I6.4.IUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:

the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions

, , Initial Conditions has been completed)

Initial Conditions has been completed)A spotter is available to observe movement A spotter is available to observe movement

[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the up limit The hoist is at the up limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the trash can move step number, ID of the object to be notification of the trash can move step number, ID of the object to be moved, mast orientation and upender location from the RCRO, if applicable.

moved, mast orientation and upender location from the RCRO, if applicable.

3.3.ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, object ID, mast orientation, and upender cavity coordinates, if number, object ID, mast orientation, and upender cavity coordinates, if applicable.

applicable.

4.4.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.Form 2.5.5.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

6.6.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the desired upender location the RFM over the desired upender location PER PER PER the SNM the SNM Transfer Form 2:

Transfer Form 2:

a.a.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct RFM position and the with the spotter to verify correct RFM position and the grapple is directly above the upender.

grapple is directly above the upender.

7.7.CONFIRM CONFIRM CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position are correct, if applicable switch position are correct, if applicable AND AND AND INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the "VER" column on the the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)

SNM Transfer Form 2. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) 8.8.SET SET SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.

9.9.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on.comes on.a.a.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 102 of 130 Page 102 of 130 Page 102 of 130 6.4.I 6.4.I6.4.IUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The Spotter may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time The Spotter may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any timethe TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

10.10.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the Spotter, camera operation is directed by the Spotter, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONGrapple should be lowered at a slow rate onto the trash can lid. Weight of grapple could Grapple should be lowered at a slow rate onto the trash can lid. Weight of grapple couldcompress lid springs and cause the lid to come loose.

compress lid springs and cause the lid to come loose.

11.11.LOWER LOWER LOWER the grapple until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and the grapple until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT.

CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT.The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on first The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on firstThe hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal The hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal hoist coordinate is 178.00) hoist coordinate is 178.00)The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the top of the trash The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the top of the trash can canThe trash can top plate pins (or object lifting bail) should be in the grapple The trash can top plate pins (or object lifting bail) should be in the grapple"entrance" slots"entrance" slots 12.12.GRAPPLE GRAPPLE GRAPPLE the object as follows:

the object as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out AND AND AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

b.b.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple the grapple AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK proper grapple alignment of the trash can proper grapple alignment of the trash can ( trash can lid pins must point towards the corners).( trash can lid pins must point towards the corners).

13.13.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS is OFF.

the HOIST LOAD BYPASS is OFF.

14.14.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist approximately five inches to verify load increases.

the hoist approximately five inches to verify load increases.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 103 of 130 Page 103 of 130 Page 103 of 130 6.4.I 6.4.I6.4.IUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 15.15.IF IF IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN THEN THEN the spotter should visually the spotter should visually INSPECT INSPECT INSPECT the grapple either by camera or the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.

binoculars to verify the no load condition.

IF IF IF no load condition exists, no load condition exists, THEN THEN THEN RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, AND AND AND OPEN OPEN OPEN grapple. grapple.a.a.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates the bridge and trolley coordinates AND AND AND ADJUST as required to ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

b.b.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Steps 11 through 14.

Steps 11 through 14.

16.16.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO when the object is grappled, if applicable:

the RCRO when the object is grappled, if applicable:

a.a.PROVIDE PROVIDE PROVIDE the weight of the object.

the weight of the object.

b.b.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and upender cavity notification of the mast orientation and upender cavity coordinates, coordinates, AND AND AND that the move may continue.

that the move may continue.

17.17.RECORD RECORD RECORD the weight of the object on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the correct the weight of the object on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the correct step, if applicable step, if applicable AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following: NOTE NOTE NOTE The following steps will provide automatic overload protection while moving trash cans The following steps will provide automatic overload protection while moving trash canswith the RFM in manual-electric mode. Since the weight of a trash can varies with its with the RFM in manual-electric mode. Since the weight of a trash can varies with itscontents, a load simulator will be used to bias the trash can's actual weight as necessary contents, a load simulator will be used to bias the trash can's actual weight as necessaryto bring it within 140lbs of an automatic hoist overload limit approximately middle of to bring it within 140lbs of an automatic hoist overload limit approximately middle ofoverload/underload setpoint band shown on hoist load scale.

overload/underload setpoint band shown on hoist load scale.

a.a.POSITION POSITION POSITION Fuel Selector switch to Fuel Selector switch to POSITION POSITION POSITION 2. 2.b.b.With the Load Simulator turned off, With the Load Simulator turned off, CONNECT CONNECT CONNECT the Load Simulator to the the Load Simulator to the RFM console. The Load Simulator may already be connected if this step is RFM console. The Load Simulator may already be connected if this step is being repeated for more than one trash can.

being repeated for more than one trash can.

c.c.ADJUST ADJUST ADJUST the Load Simulator for a Load Indication of 1340 lbs.

the Load Simulator for a Load Indication of 1340 lbs.

VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY that that the HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is clear.

the HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is clear.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 104 of 130 Page 104 of 130 Page 104 of 130 6.4.I 6.4.I6.4.IUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 18.18.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the up limit the hoist to the up limit AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK load as the trash can is raised.

load as the trash can is raised.The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the Lower Grapple Operate Zone (LGOZ) the assembly is raised above the Lower Grapple Operate Zone (LGOZ)Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is raised above Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is raised above the Hoist Slow Zone the Hoist Slow ZoneThe UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until the assembly is raised above the UGOZ the assembly is raised above the UGOZ NOTE NOTE NOTE Any actions taken in Step 18.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 18.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

b.b.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal, withdrawal, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does registered on the load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbsWARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the trash can from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the trash can from interference interference c.c.WHEN WHEN WHEN the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 18.b, if required, the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 18.b, if required, THEN THEN THEN CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE raising the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

raising the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 105 of 130 Page 105 of 130 Page 105 of 130 6.4.I 6.4.I6.4.IUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 19.19.IF IF IF used, used, THEN THEN THEN PLACE PLACE PLACE the TV camera in the vertical position the TV camera in the vertical position AND AND AND OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE the the camera is vertical.

camera is vertical.

20.20.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the mast orientation agrees with the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the mast orientation agrees with the SNM Transfer Form 2.

21.21.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

22.22.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the Refuel Pool storage rack coordinates the RFM over the Refuel Pool storage rack coordinates specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2:

specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2:

a.a.COMPARE COMPARE COMPARE the digital coordinates for the storage rack with those specified the digital coordinates for the storage rack with those specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

b.b.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to ensure the following:

with the spotter to ensure the following:The position is in agreement with the specified coordinates The position is in agreement with the specified coordinatesThe specified location is empty The specified location is emptyThe mast is directly above the desired location The mast is directly above the desired location 23.23.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, storage rack the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, storage rack coordinates, and mast orientation, if applicable.

coordinates, and mast orientation, if applicable.

a.a.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, storage rack confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, storage rack coordinates, and mast orientation are correct.

coordinates, and mast orientation are correct.

b.b.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to continue the move.

permission from the RCRO to continue the move. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 24 and 25 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 24 and 25 may be performed concurrently.

24.24.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT

(~5.21").(~5.21"). NOTE NOTE NOTE The Spotter may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time The Spotter may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any timethe TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

25.25.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the Spotter, camera operation is directed by the Spotter, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 106 of 130 Page 106 of 130 Page 106 of 130 6.4.I 6.4.I6.4.IUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 26.26.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the trash can into the fuel carrier, observing hoist the hoist to insert the trash can into the fuel carrier, observing hoist load indication during insertion:

load indication during insertion: NOTE NOTE NOTE Any actions taken in Step 26.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 26.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

a.a.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP insertion, insertion, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the TRAVEL OVERRIDE pushbutton (below use the TRAVEL OVERRIDE pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does force registered on the load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbsWARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the trash can from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the trash can from interference interferenceCAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONHoist should be lowered at a slow rate during the last few inches of travel. Weight of Hoist should be lowered at a slow rate during the last few inches of travel. Weight ofgrapple could compress lid springs and cause the lid to come loose.

grapple could compress lid springs and cause the lid to come loose.

27.27.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the trash can into the fuel carrier until the hoist index the hoist to insert the trash can into the fuel carrier until the hoist index indicates approximately 176 inches indicates approximately 176 inches AND AND AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is indicated as the weight of the trash can is taken up by the fuel carrier:

indicated as the weight of the trash can is taken up by the fuel carrier:The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the grapple passes through this area grapple passes through this area 28.28.TURN TURN TURN OFF the load simulator.

OFF the load simulator.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 107 of 130 Page 107 of 130 Page 107 of 130 6.4.I 6.4.I6.4.IUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 29.29.CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE to lower the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE to lower the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically.

stops automatically.

30.30.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO the object is fully inserted, if applicable.

the RCRO the object is fully inserted, if applicable.

31.31.UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE the object as follows:

the object as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

b.b.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple the grapple AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK that the trash can lid pins point towards the that the trash can lid pins point towards the corners.corners.32.32.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS is OFF.

the HOIST LOAD BYPASS is OFF. NOTE NOTE NOTE The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicatean inadvertently grappled trash can.

an inadvertently grappled trash can.

33.33.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches the grapple approximately 3 inches AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.COMPARE COMPARE COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight of the object the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight of the object (documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable).(documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable).

(1)(1)IF IF IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT NOT NOT empty, empty, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal withdrawal AND AND AND CONSULT CONSULT CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.

before continuing.

b.b.RECORD RECORD RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable.

Transfer Form 2, if applicable.

34.34.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the UGOZ.

the hoist to the UGOZ. NOTE NOTE NOTE The hoist will The hoist will NOT NOT NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

a.a.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple.

the grapple.

35.35.INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed, if applicable. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) the move just completed, if applicable. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) a.a.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, object ID number (if fuel transfer), storage rack coordinates, mast object ID number (if fuel transfer), storage rack coordinates, mast orientation, orientation, AND AND AND empty grapple weight, if applicable.

empty grapple weight, if applicable.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 108 of 130 Page 108 of 130 Page 108 of 130 6.4.I 6.4.I6.4.IUpender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 36 and 37 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 36 and 37 may be performed concurrently.

36.36.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.

the TV camera is vertical.

37.37.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

38.38.IF IF IF additional moves are to be performed, additional moves are to be performed, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.

next move.

39.39.IF IF IF movement is complete, movement is complete, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Section 6.5, to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE

, , to secure the RFM.

to secure the RFM.

40.40.REMOVE REMOVE REMOVE the Load Simulator from the RFM console.

the Load Simulator from the RFM console.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 109 of 130 Page 109 of 130 Page 109 of 130 6.4 6.46.4ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.J 6.4.J6.4.JTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:

the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions

, , has been completed) has been completed)A spotter is available to observe movement A spotter is available to observe movement

[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the up limit The hoist is at the up limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the trash can move step number, object ID, mast notification of the trash can move step number, object ID, mast orientation, and storage rack coordinates from the RCRO, if applicable.

orientation, and storage rack coordinates from the RCRO, if applicable.

3.3.ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, object ID, mast orientation, and storage rack coordinates, if applicable.

number, object ID, mast orientation, and storage rack coordinates, if applicable.

4.4.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.Form 2.5.5.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

6.6.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the desired temporary storage rack location as the RFM over the desired temporary storage rack location as directed directed PER PER PER the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the SNM Transfer Form 2.

a.a.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct storage rack coordinates with the spotter to verify correct storage rack coordinates and the grapple is directly above the location.

and the grapple is directly above the location.

7.7.CONFIRM CONFIRM CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position are correct, if applicable switch position are correct, if applicable AND AND AND INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the "VER" column on the the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)

SNM Transfer Form 2. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) 8.8.SET SET SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.

9.9.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on.comes on.a.a.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 110 of 130 Page 110 of 130 Page 110 of 130 6.4.J 6.4.J6.4.JTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The Spotter may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time The Spotter may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any timethe TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

10.10.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the Spotter, camera operation is directed by the Spotter, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONGrapple should be lowered at a slow rate onto the trash can lid. Weight of grapple could Grapple should be lowered at a slow rate onto the trash can lid. Weight of grapple couldcompress lid springs and cause the lid to come loose.

compress lid springs and cause the lid to come loose.

11.11.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and the hoist until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT:

CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT:The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on first The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on firstThe hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal The hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal hoist coordinate for this position is 178.00) hoist coordinate for this position is 178.00)The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the top of the trash The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the top of the trash can canThe trash can top plate pins (or object lifting bail) should be in the grapple The trash can top plate pins (or object lifting bail) should be in the grapple"entrance" slots"entrance" slots 12.12.GRAPPLE GRAPPLE GRAPPLE the object as follows:

the object as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out AND AND AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

b.b.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple the grapple AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK proper grapple alignment of the trash can proper grapple alignment of the trash can (trash can lid pins must point towards the corners).(trash can lid pins must point towards the corners).

13.13.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the HOIST LOAD BYPASS is OFF the HOIST LOAD BYPASS is OFF 14.14.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist approximately five inches to verify load increases.

the hoist approximately five inches to verify load increases.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 111 of 130 Page 111 of 130 Page 111 of 130 6.4.J 6.4.J6.4.JTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 15.15.IF IF IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN THEN THEN the spotter should visually the spotter should visually INSPECT INSPECT INSPECT the grapple either by camera or the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.

binoculars to verify the no load condition.

IF IF IF no load condition exists, no load condition exists, THEN THEN THEN RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, AND AND AND OPEN OPEN OPEN grapple. grapple.a.a.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates the bridge and trolley coordinates AND AND AND ADJUST as required to ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

b.b.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Steps 11 through 14.

Steps 11 through 14.

16.16.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO when the object is grappled, if applicable:

the RCRO when the object is grappled, if applicable:

a.a.PROVIDE PROVIDE PROVIDE the weight of the object.

the weight of the object.

b.b.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and upender cavity notification of the mast orientation and upender cavity coordinates, coordinates, AND AND AND that the move may continue.

that the move may continue.

17.17.RECORD RECORD RECORD the weight of the object on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the correct the weight of the object on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the correct step, if applicable step, if applicable AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following: NOTE NOTE NOTE The following steps will provide automatic overload protection while moving trash cans The following steps will provide automatic overload protection while moving trash canswith the RFM in manual-electric mode. Since the weight of a trash can varies with its with the RFM in manual-electric mode. Since the weight of a trash can varies with itscontents, a load simulator will be used to bias the trash can's actual weight as necessary contents, a load simulator will be used to bias the trash can's actual weight as necessaryto bring it within 140lbs of an automatic hoist overload limit approximately middle of to bring it within 140lbs of an automatic hoist overload limit approximately middle ofoverload/underload setpoint band shown on hoist load scale.

overload/underload setpoint band shown on hoist load scale.

a.a.POSITION POSITION POSITION Fuel Selector switch to Fuel Selector switch to POSITION POSITION POSITION 2. 2.b.b.With the Load Simulator turned off, With the Load Simulator turned off, CONNECT CONNECT CONNECT the Load Simulator to the the Load Simulator to the RFM console. The Load Simulator may already be connected if this step is RFM console. The Load Simulator may already be connected if this step is being repeated for more than one trash can.

being repeated for more than one trash can.

c.c.ADJUST ADJUST ADJUST the Load Simulator for a Load Indication of 1340 lbs.

the Load Simulator for a Load Indication of 1340 lbs.

VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY that that the HOIST UNDERLOAD condition clears.

the HOIST UNDERLOAD condition clears.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 112 of 130 Page 112 of 130 Page 112 of 130 6.4.J 6.4.J6.4.JTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 18.18.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the up limit the hoist to the up limit AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK load as the trash can is raised.

load as the trash can is raised.The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the Lower Grapple Operate Zone (LGOZ) the assembly is raised above the Lower Grapple Operate Zone (LGOZ)Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is raised above Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is raised above the Hoist Slow Zone the Hoist Slow ZoneThe UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until the assembly is raised above the UGOZ the assembly is raised above the UGOZ NOTE NOTE NOTE Any actions taken in Step 18.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 18.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

b.b.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal, withdrawal, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does registered on the load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbsWARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the trash can from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the trash can from interference interference c.c.WHEN WHEN WHEN the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 18.b, if required, the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 18.b, if required, THEN THEN THEN CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE raising the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

raising the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 113 of 130 Page 113 of 130 Page 113 of 130 6.4.J 6.4.J6.4.JTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 19.19.IF IF IF used, used, THEN THEN THEN PLACE PLACE PLACE the TV camera in the vertical position the TV camera in the vertical position AND AND AND OBSERVE OBSERVE OBSERVE the the camera is vertical.

camera is vertical.

20.20.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the mast orientation agrees with the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the mast orientation agrees with the SNM Transfer Form 2.

21.21.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

22.22.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the specified upender cavity.

the RFM over the specified upender cavity.

a.a.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct RFM position, the specified with the spotter to verify correct RFM position, the specified upender cavity is empty, and the mast is directly above the cavity.

upender cavity is empty, and the mast is directly above the cavity.

23.23.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation and upender cavity, if applicable.

and upender cavity, if applicable.

a.a.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, mast confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, mast orientation and upender cavity location are correct.

orientation and upender cavity location are correct. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 24 and 25 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 24 and 25 may be performed concurrently.

24.24.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT

(~5.21"): (~5.21"):The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication.

BOX LATCHED indication. NOTE NOTE NOTE The Spotter may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time The Spotter may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any timethe TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

25.25.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the Spotter, camera operation is directed by the Spotter, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 114 of 130 Page 114 of 130 Page 114 of 130 6.4.J 6.4.J6.4.JTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 26.26.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the trash can into the fuel carrier, observing hoist the hoist to insert the trash can into the fuel carrier, observing hoist load indication during insertion:

load indication during insertion: NOTE NOTE NOTE Any actions taken in Step 26.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 26.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.

a.a.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP insertion, insertion, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the TRAVEL OVERRIDE pushbutton (below use the TRAVEL OVERRIDE pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does force registered on the load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbsWARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the trash can from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the trash can from interference interferenceCAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONHoist should be lowered at a slow rate during the last few inches of travel. Weight of Hoist should be lowered at a slow rate during the last few inches of travel. Weight ofgrapple could compress lid springs and cause the lid to come loose.

grapple could compress lid springs and cause the lid to come loose.

27.27.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the trash can into the fuel carrier until the hoist index the hoist to insert the trash can into the fuel carrier until the hoist index indicates approximately 176 inches indicates approximately 176 inches AND AND AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is indicated as the weight of the trash can is taken up by the fuel carrier:

indicated as the weight of the trash can is taken up by the fuel carrier:The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the grapple passes through this area grapple passes through this area 28.28.TURN TURN TURN OFF the load simulator.

OFF the load simulator.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 115 of 130 Page 115 of 130 Page 115 of 130 6.4.J 6.4.J6.4.JTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 29.29.CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE to lower the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE to lower the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically.

stops automatically.

30.30.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO the object is fully inserted, if applicable.

the RCRO the object is fully inserted, if applicable.

31.31.UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE the object as follows:

the object as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

b.b.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple the grapple AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK that the trash can lid pins point towards the that the trash can lid pins point towards the corners.corners.32.32.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the HOIST LOAD BYPASS is OFF.

the HOIST LOAD BYPASS is OFF. NOTE NOTE NOTE The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicatean inadvertently grappled trash can.

an inadvertently grappled trash can.

33.33.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches the grapple approximately 3 inches AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.COMPARE COMPARE COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight of the object the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight of the object (documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable).(documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable).

(1)(1)IF IF IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT NOT NOT empty, empty, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal withdrawal AND AND AND CONSULT CONSULT CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.

before continuing.

b.b.RECORD RECORD RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable.

applicable.

34.34.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the UGOZ.

the hoist to the UGOZ. NOTE NOTE NOTE The hoist will The hoist will NOT NOT NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

a.a.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple.

the grapple.

35.35.INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed, if applicable.

the move just completed, if applicable.

a.a.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, object ID number (if a fuel assembly), upender location, mast orientation, object ID number (if a fuel assembly), upender location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight, if applicable.

and empty grapple weight, if applicable.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 116 of 130 Page 116 of 130 Page 116 of 130 6.4.J 6.4.J6.4.JTemporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can Can Can (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 36 and 37 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 36 and 37 may be performed concurrently.

36.36.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.

the TV camera is vertical.

37.37.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

38.38.IF IF IF additional moves are to be performed, additional moves are to be performed, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.

next move.

39.39.IF IF IF movement is complete, movement is complete, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Section 6.5, to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE

, , to secure the RFM.

to secure the RFM.

40.40.REMOVE REMOVE REMOVE the Load Simulator from the RFM console.

the Load Simulator from the RFM console.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 117 of 130 Page 117 of 130 Page 117 of 130 6.4 6.46.4ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]

ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE](Continued)(Continued)(Continued) 6.4.K 6.4.K6.4.KPurging the Mast Purging the Mast Purging the Mast 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following conditions have been established:

the following conditions have been established:The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Initial Conditions

, , has been completed) has been completed)A spotter is available to observe fuel movement A spotter is available to observe fuel movement

[B0167][B0167][B0167]The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The Fuel Transfer Machine is energizedThe hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit The hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit AND AND AND the grapple is empty the grapple is empty 2.2.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO, if applicable.

RCRO, if applicable.

3.3.ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position, if applicable.

SELECTOR switch position, if applicable.

4.4.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.Form 2.5.5.Spotter Spotter CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment equipment PER PER PER APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.

6.6.WHEN WHEN WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, Spotter has given permission to move, THEN THEN THEN POSITION POSITION POSITION the RFM over the desired temporary storage rack location as the RFM over the desired temporary storage rack location as directed directed PER PER PER the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the SNM Transfer Form 2.

a.a.COORDINATE COORDINATE COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct storage rack coordinates with the spotter to verify correct storage rack coordinates and the grapple is directly above the location.

and the grapple is directly above the location.

7.7.CONFIRM CONFIRM CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct switch are correct AND AND AND INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2.(N/A if NO SNM form on machine)(N/A if NO SNM form on machine) 8.8.SET SET SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.

9.9.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on.comes on.a.a.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 118 of 130 Page 118 of 130 Page 118 of 130 6.4.K 6.4.K6.4.KPurging the Mast Purging the Mast Purging the Mast (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time theTV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

10.10.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.

11.11.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and the hoist until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT:

CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT:The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on first The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on firstThe hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal The hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal hoist coordinate for this position is 178.00) hoist coordinate for this position is 178.00)The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the top of the The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the top of the object objectThe fuel assembly top plate webs (or object lifting bail) should be in the The fuel assembly top plate webs (or object lifting bail) should be in the grapple "entrance" slots grapple "entrance" slots 12.12.GRAPPLE GRAPPLE GRAPPLE the object as follows:

the object as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out AND AND AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.

b.b.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple the grapple AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK proper grapple alignment of the object.

proper grapple alignment of the object. NOTE NOTE NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This wouldbe one indication of proper grappling.

be one indication of proper grappling. The weight of a fuel assembly or a dummy fuel assembly should be between the over The weight of a fuel assembly or a dummy fuel assembly should be between the overand under load limits as shown on the analog load display on the CRT.

and under load limits as shown on the analog load display on the CRT.

13.13.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.

14.14.IF IF IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN THEN THEN the spotter should visually the spotter should visually INSPECT INSPECT INSPECT the grapple either by camera or the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.

binoculars to verify the no load condition.

IF IF IF no load condition exists, no load condition exists, THEN THEN THEN RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, AND AND AND OPEN OPEN OPEN grapple. grapple.a.a.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates the bridge and trolley coordinates AND AND AND ADJUST as required to ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

index the grapple over the fuel assembly.

b.b.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Steps 11 through 13.

Steps 11 through 13.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 119 of 130 Page 119 of 130 Page 119 of 130 6.4.K 6.4.K6.4.KPurging the Mast Purging the Mast Purging the Mast (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 15.15.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO when the object is grappled, if applicable:

the RCRO when the object is grappled, if applicable:

a.a.PROVIDE PROVIDE PROVIDE the weight of the object.

the weight of the object.

b.b.RECEIVE RECEIVE RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and upender cavity notification of the mast orientation and upender cavity coordinates, coordinates, AND AND AND that the move may continue.

that the move may continue.

16.16.RECORD RECORD RECORD the weight of the object on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the correct the weight of the object on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the correct step, if applicable.

step, if applicable.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONHoist load indication shall be carefully observed during withdrawal when the Hoist load indication shall be carefully observed during withdrawal when theHOIST LOAD BYPASS is ON since the load system interlocks are bypassed.

HOIST LOAD BYPASS is ON since the load system interlocks are bypassed.

17.17.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the up limit the hoist to the up limit AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following, observing hoist the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:

load indication during hoisting:

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK load increases as the object is picked up.

load increases as the object is picked up.The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the object is raised above the LGOZ the object is raised above the LGOZSpeed is restricted to slow speed until the object is raised above the low Speed is restricted to slow speed until the object is raised above the low zone zoneThe UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the object is raised approximately 18 inches after the object is raised approximately 18 inches AND AND AND remain on until remain on until the object is raised above the UGOZ the object is raised above the UGOZ OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 120 of 130 Page 120 of 130 Page 120 of 130 6.4.K.17 6.4.K.176.4.K.17Purging the Mast Purging the Mast Purging the Mast (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE Any actions taken in Step 17.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 17.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.

be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.

b.b.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal, withdrawal, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does registered on the load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbsWARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference interference c.c.WHEN WHEN WHEN the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 17.b, if required, the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 17.b, if required, THEN THEN THEN CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE raising the hoist to the up limit.

raising the hoist to the up limit. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 18 and 19 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 18 and 19 may be performed concurrently.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe Spreader shall The Spreader shall NOT NOT NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.

18.18.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT

(~5.21").(~5.21").The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication BOX LATCHED indication OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 121 of 130 Page 121 of 130 Page 121 of 130 6.4.K 6.4.K6.4.KPurging the Mast Purging the Mast Purging the Mast (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time theTV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.

19.19.IF IF IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN THEN THEN TILT TILT TILT the camera.

the camera.

20.20.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the storage rack, observing hoist the hoist to insert the assembly into the storage rack, observing hoist load indication during insertion:

load indication during insertion: NOTE NOTE NOTE Any actions taken in Step 20.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Any actions taken in Step 20.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handlingprocedure.

procedure. Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER PER PER Section 6.2, Section 6.2,MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE

.. The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND AND AND can only can onlybe used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.

be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.

a.a.IF IF IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, occurs, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP insertion, insertion, NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the FHS, the FHS, AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM any or all of the any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:

following as directed by the FHS:HAND-CRANK HAND-CRANK OR OR OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does registered on the load cell indication does NOT NOT NOT exceed 300 lbs exceed 300 lbsWARNING WARNING WARNINGThe hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation SafetyTechnician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread ofcontamination.

contamination.EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference interference 21.21.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist to insert the object into the storage rack until the hoist index the hoist to insert the object into the storage rack until the hoist index indicates approximately 176 inches indicates approximately 176 inches AND AND AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is indicated as the weight of the object is taken up by the storage rack:

indicated as the weight of the object is taken up by the storage rack:The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the grapple passes through this area grapple passes through this area OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 122 of 130 Page 122 of 130 Page 122 of 130 6.4.K 6.4.K6.4.KPurging the Mast Purging the Mast Purging the Mast (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 22.22.CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE lowering the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, AND AND AND the hoist the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist coordinate of 178.00).

stops automatically (nominal hoist coordinate of 178.00).

23.23.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO the object is fully inserted into the temporary storage rack.

the RCRO the object is fully inserted into the temporary storage rack.

24.24.REPEAT REPEAT REPEAT Steps 17 through 23 as necessary to purge the mast.

Steps 17 through 23 as necessary to purge the mast.

25.25.UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE UNGRAPPLE the object as follows:

the object as follows:

a.a.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.

b.b.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple.

the grapple.

26.26.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches the grapple approximately 3 inches AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.COMPARE COMPARE COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight of the object the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight of the object (documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable).(documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable).

(1)(1)IF IF IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT NOT NOT empty, empty, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP withdrawal withdrawal AND AND AND CONSULT CONSULT CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.

before continuing.

b.b.RECORD RECORD RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable.

applicable.

27.27.RAISE RAISE RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ.

the grapple to the UGOZ. NOTE NOTE NOTE The hoist will The hoist will NOT NOT NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.

a.a.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple.

the grapple.

28.28.INITIAL INITIAL INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed, if applicable. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) the move just completed, if applicable. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine) a.a.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, storage rack coordinates, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight, if storage rack coordinates, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight, if applicable.

applicable. NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 29 and 30 may be performed concurrently.

Steps 29 and 30 may be performed concurrently.

29.29.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.

the TV camera is vertical.

30.30.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 123 of 130 Page 123 of 130 Page 123 of 130 6.4.K 6.4.K6.4.KPurging the Mast Purging the Mast Purging the Mast (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 31.31.IF IF IF additional moves are to be performed, additional moves are to be performed, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.

next move.

32.32.IF IF IF movement is complete, movement is complete, THEN THEN THEN PROCEED PROCEED PROCEED to Section 6.5, to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE

, , to secure the RFM.

to secure the RFM.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 124 of 130 Page 124 of 130 Page 124 of 130 6.5 6.56.5SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE]

SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE]

SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE]

A.A.A.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions 1.1.The Refueling Machine is to be secured.

The Refueling Machine is to be secured.

B.B.B.Procedure Procedure Procedure 1.1.MOVE MOVE MOVE the RFM to its storage location, South Pool on U-1 or North Pool on U-2.

the RFM to its storage location, South Pool on U-1 or North Pool on U-2.

2.2.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist onto the up latch.

the hoist onto the up latch.

3.3.LOG LOG LOG OFF of the CRT.

OFF of the CRT.

4.4.DEPRESS DEPRESS DEPRESS the SHUTDOWN bar displayed on the CRT.

the SHUTDOWN bar displayed on the CRT.

5.5.DEPRESS DEPRESS DEPRESS the POWER OFF pushbutton.

the POWER OFF pushbutton.

6.6.PLACE PLACE PLACE the MAIN BREAKER to OFF. (located on back of RFM Console.)

the MAIN BREAKER to OFF. (located on back of RFM Console.)

7.7.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the HEATER ON light is illuminated.

the HEATER ON light is illuminated.

8.8.IF IF IF desired to place the Refueling Machine in a long term shutdown (shutdown desired to place the Refueling Machine in a long term shutdown (shutdown for longer than 90 days), for longer than 90 days), THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following: NOTE NOTE NOTE Refer to FIGURE 3 for step B.8.a.

Refer to FIGURE 3 for step B.8.a.

a.a.PLACE PLACE PLACE the pins for both spreader arms in the MAINTENANCE position.

the pins for both spreader arms in the MAINTENANCE position.

b.b.SHUT SHUT SHUT the individual air supply valves to the pressure regulators, on the the individual air supply valves to the pressure regulators, on the pneumatic control panel:

pneumatic control panel:U-1(2) RFM CAMERA TILT 1(2)SV0517/CT ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1628 U-1(2) RFM CAMERA TILT 1(2)SV0517/CT ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1628U-1(2) RFM FUEL SPREADER 1(2)SV0517/FS ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1629 U-1(2) RFM FUEL SPREADER 1(2)SV0517/FS ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1629U-1(2) RFM GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE 1(2)SV0517/GO/GC ISOL, U-1(2) RFM GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE 1(2)SV0517/GO/GC ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1630 1(2)-IA-1630U-1(2) RFM HOIST LATCH 1(2)SV0517/HLA ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1631 U-1(2) RFM HOIST LATCH 1(2)SV0517/HLA ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1631U-1(2) RFM MAST DETENT 1(2)SV0517/MDD ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1632 U-1(2) RFM MAST DETENT 1(2)SV0517/MDD ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1632 c.c.SHUT SHUT SHUT U-1(2) RFM AIR CONTROL PANEL ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1637.

U-1(2) RFM AIR CONTROL PANEL ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1637.

d.d.SHUT SHUT SHUT REFUELING MACHINE ISOL, 1-IA-431(2-IA-449).

REFUELING MACHINE ISOL, 1-IA-431(2-IA-449).

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 125 of 130 Page 125 of 130 Page 125 of 130 6.5.B.8 6.5.B.86.5.B.8Procedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) e.e.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY E&C to remove the RFM Console from the containment.

E&C to remove the RFM Console from the containment.

        • END ****
        • END ****
        • END ****

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 126 of 130 Page 126 of 130 Page 126 of 130 6.6 6.66.6OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE WITH THE FESTOON CABLE OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE WITH THE FESTOON CABLE OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE WITH THE FESTOON CABLE EXTENSION INSTALLED EXTENSION INSTALLED EXTENSION INSTALLED A.A.A.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions 1.1.All manual handwheels are removed from their extension shafts.

All manual handwheels are removed from their extension shafts.

2.2.Power is available to the RFM.

Power is available to the RFM. NOTE NOTE NOTE Instrument Air will not be available to the Refueling Machine while the festoon cable is Instrument Air will not be available to the Refueling Machine while the festoon cable isinstalled.

installed.CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION The Refueling Machine shall The Refueling Machine shall NOT NOT NOT be used for fuel handling with the festoon cable be used for fuel handling with the festoon cableextension installed.

extension installed. A festoon cable tender is required anytime the Refueling Machine bridge is moved A festoon cable tender is required anytime the Refueling Machine bridge is movedwith the festoon cable extension installed.

with the festoon cable extension installed. A Refueling Machine spotter is required anytime the Refueling Machine is moved.

A Refueling Machine spotter is required anytime the Refueling Machine is moved.

B.B.B.Procedure Procedure Procedure 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the pins for both spreader arms are in the MAINTENANCE positon.

the pins for both spreader arms are in the MAINTENANCE positon. NOTE NOTE NOTE The pins for the spreader arms shall be in the Maintenance position prior to isolating The pins for the spreader arms shall be in the Maintenance position prior to isolatingInstrument Air.

Instrument Air.

2.2.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE Electrical Maintenance has PERFORMED the following Refueling Electrical Maintenance has PERFORMED the following Refueling Machine festoon system alterations:

Machine festoon system alterations:

a.a.INSTALLED the RFM festoon cable extensions.(power, control and phone INSTALLED the RFM festoon cable extensions.(power, control and phone cables)cables)b.b.Disconnected the Instrument Air tubing and two coaxial cables.

Disconnected the Instrument Air tubing and two coaxial cables.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 127 of 130 Page 127 of 130 Page 127 of 130 6.6.B 6.6.B6.6.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 3.3.ENERGIZE ENERGIZE ENERGIZE the Refueling Machine as follows:

the Refueling Machine as follows:

a.a.PLACE PLACE PLACE the MAIN BREAKER to ON. (located on back of RFM Console.)

the MAIN BREAKER to ON. (located on back of RFM Console.)

b.b.DEPRESS DEPRESS DEPRESS the POWER ON pushbutton on the console panel.

the POWER ON pushbutton on the console panel.

c.c.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the HEATER ON light is extinguished.

the HEATER ON light is extinguished.

d.d.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the PLC ACTIVE light is flashing. (Located on the right side of the the PLC ACTIVE light is flashing. (Located on the right side of the RFM Console.)

RFM Console.)

e.e.IF IF IF the computer is available, the computer is available, THEN THEN THEN log on to the computer as follows:

log on to the computer as follows:

(1)(1)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the LOG ON touch pad.

the LOG ON touch pad.

(2)(2)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH in the user name ("FHS")

in the user name ("FHS")

AND AND AND TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the ENTER touch pad.

the ENTER touch pad.

(3)(3)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the ENTER PASSWORD touch pad.

the ENTER PASSWORD touch pad.

(4)(4)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH in the password ("FHS")

in the password ("FHS")

AND AND AND TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the ENTER touch pad.

the ENTER touch pad.

(5)(5)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the PRESS FOR OPERATION touch pad.

the PRESS FOR OPERATION touch pad.

4.4.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the hoist is in the Hoist Up Limit position.

the hoist is in the Hoist Up Limit position.(HOIST UP LIMIT light on)(HOIST UP LIMIT light on)CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONPlacing the COMPUTER OVERRIDE Keyswitch in OVERRIDE will override Placing the COMPUTER OVERRIDE Keyswitch in OVERRIDE will override ALL ALLinterlocks.

interlocks.

5.5.PLACE PLACE PLACE the key-operated COMPUTER OVERRIDE switch to OVERRIDE.

the key-operated COMPUTER OVERRIDE switch to OVERRIDE.

6.6.OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the bridge as follows:

the bridge as follows:

a.a.MOVE MOVE MOVE the control lever toward the direction of desired travel (LEFT or the control lever toward the direction of desired travel (LEFT or RIGHT). Speed is proportional to switch displacement from the neutral RIGHT). Speed is proportional to switch displacement from the neutral position. (Maximum speed is 50 feet per minute.)

position. (Maximum speed is 50 feet per minute.)

b.b.SLOWLY SLOWLY SLOWLY RELEASE RELEASE RELEASE the control lever to stop the bridge.

the control lever to stop the bridge.

7.7.OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the trolley as follows:

the trolley as follows:

a.a.MOVE MOVE MOVE the control lever toward the direction of desired travel (FORWARD or the control lever toward the direction of desired travel (FORWARD or REVERSE). Speed is proportional to switch displacement from the neutral REVERSE). Speed is proportional to switch displacement from the neutral position. (Maximum speed is 50 feet per minute.)

position. (Maximum speed is 50 feet per minute.)

b.b.SLOWLY SLOWLY SLOWLY RELEASE RELEASE RELEASE the control lever to stop the trolley.

the control lever to stop the trolley.

8.8.PLACE PLACE PLACE the key-operated COMPUTER OVERRIDE switch to normal.

the key-operated COMPUTER OVERRIDE switch to normal.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 128 of 130 Page 128 of 130 Page 128 of 130 6.6.B 6.6.B6.6.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 9.9.DE DE DE ENERGIZE ENERGIZE ENERGIZE the Refueling Machine as follows:

the Refueling Machine as follows:

a.a.LOG LOG LOG OFF of the CRT.

OFF of the CRT.

b.b.DEPRESS DEPRESS DEPRESS the SHUTDOWN bar displayed on the CRT.

the SHUTDOWN bar displayed on the CRT.

c.c.DEPRESS DEPRESS DEPRESS the POWER OFF pushbutton.

the POWER OFF pushbutton.

d.d.PLACE PLACE PLACE the MAIN BREAKER to OFF. (located on back of RFM Console.)

the MAIN BREAKER to OFF. (located on back of RFM Console.)

e.e.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the HEATER ON light is illuminated.

the HEATER ON light is illuminated.

10.10.WHEN WHEN WHEN the Refueling Machine has been moved to within its normal operating the Refueling Machine has been moved to within its normal operating range (Bridge coordinates of less than 890) range (Bridge coordinates of less than 890)

AND AND AND the festoon cable extension is the festoon cable extension is no longer needed no longer needed THEN THEN THEN NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY maintenance to restore the Refueling Machine to its normal maintenance to restore the Refueling Machine to its normal operating conditions including:

operating conditions including:

a.a.Festoon cable extension removed.

Festoon cable extension removed.

b.b.Instrument Air tubing re-connected.

Instrument Air tubing re-connected.

c.c.Two coaxial cables connected.

Two coaxial cables connected. NOTE NOTE NOTE ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE Instrument Air is RESTORED to the Refueling Machine Instrument Air is RESTORED to the Refueling Machine PRIOR PRIOR PRIOR to placing to placingspreader arm pins in the OPERATE position.

spreader arm pins in the OPERATE position.

11.11.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the pins for both spreader arms are in the OPERATE positon.

the pins for both spreader arms are in the OPERATE positon.

        • END ****
        • END ****
        • END ****

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 129 of 130 Page 129 of 130 Page 129 of 130 7.0 7.07.0POST-PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES POST-PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES POST-PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES A.A.Upon completion of attachments, forward the original(s) to the Operations Upon completion of attachments, forward the original(s) to the Operations Senior Administrative Assistant for retention Senior Administrative Assistant for retention PER PER PER PR-3-100, Records PR-3-100, Records Management.

Management.

8.0 8.08.0BASES BASES BASES[B0135][B0135][B0135] Commitment to verify Repetitive Tasks for periodic inspection of the Commitment to verify Repetitive Tasks for periodic inspection of the Spent Fuel Handling Machine and Refueling Machine brakes are Spent Fuel Handling Machine and Refueling Machine brakes are performed prior to using the fuel handling machines to reduce the performed prior to using the fuel handling machines to reduce the possibility of accidents as contained in INPO SER 3-91.

possibility of accidents as contained in INPO SER 3-91.

[B0154][B0154][B0154] AOP/EOP cross reference AOP/EOP cross reference PER PER PER NUREG 1358:

NUREG 1358:

[B0167][B0167][B0167] Memo NFM 92-365 (NEU 92-365) dated 10/6/92: Use of spotters help Memo NFM 92-365 (NEU 92-365) dated 10/6/92: Use of spotters help minimize the chance of fuel handling incidents.

minimize the chance of fuel handling incidents.

[B0207][B0207][B0207] Response to PDR 93042 and RCAR 9308 recommendations, to verify Response to PDR 93042 and RCAR 9308 recommendations, to verify adjacent CEAs are not lifted during spreader retraction.

adjacent CEAs are not lifted during spreader retraction.

[B0212][B0212][B0212] Response to INPO SER 30-85. An operator was fatally injured while Response to INPO SER 30-85. An operator was fatally injured while attempting to board a moving Refueling Machine. The operator's head attempting to board a moving Refueling Machine. The operator's head was caught between the moving bridge and a stationary electrical was caught between the moving bridge and a stationary electrical panel mounted on the wall.

panel mounted on the wall.

[B0270][B0270][B0270] Contains the operations Reactivity Management Procedure Review Contains the operations Reactivity Management Procedure Review Guidlines, and letter from B. Shick to M. Navin, 9/22/95.

Guidlines, and letter from B. Shick to M. Navin, 9/22/95.

[B0376][B0376][B0376] NUMARC 91-06, Guidlines for Industry Actions to Assess Shutdown NUMARC 91-06, Guidlines for Industry Actions to Assess Shutdown Management. Establishes a minimum temperature for SFP and Management. Establishes a minimum temperature for SFP and RCS/RFP to ensure proper SDM.

RCS/RFP to ensure proper SDM.

[B0408][B0408][B0408] Recommendations from task force in response to Fuel Handling Recommendations from task force in response to Fuel Handling Incident dated April, 1997.

Incident dated April, 1997.

[B0629][B0629][B0629] License Renewal Aging Management Basis Document: Fuel Handling License Renewal Aging Management Basis Document: Fuel Handling Equipment & Other Heavy Load Handling Cranes, AMDB-0030.

Equipment & Other Heavy Load Handling Cranes, AMDB-0030.

[M0002][M0002][M0002] A page check of attachments is performed A page check of attachments is performed PER PER PER a corrective action of a corrective action of LER 89-01.

LER 89-01.

9.0 9.09.0RECORDS RECORDS RECORDS A.A.Records generated by this procedure shall be transferred to Records Records generated by this procedure shall be transferred to Records Management, Management, PER PER PER PR-3-100, Records Management.

PR-3-100, Records Management.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 130 of 130 Page 130 of 130 Page 130 of 130 10.0 10.010.0ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS A.A.FIGURE 1A, FIGURE 1A, UNIT 1 CORE BRIDGE AND TROLLEY COORDINATES UNIT 1 CORE BRIDGE AND TROLLEY COORDINATES B.B.FIGURE 1B, FIGURE 1B, UNIT 2 CORE BRIDGE AND TROLLEY COORDINATES UNIT 2 CORE BRIDGE AND TROLLEY COORDINATES C.C.FIGURE 2, FIGURE 2, REFUELING INTERLOCKS DIAGRAM REFUELING INTERLOCKS DIAGRAM D.D.FIGURE 3, FIGURE 3, RFM SPREADER ARM RFM SPREADER ARM E.E.APPENDIX A, APPENDIX A, REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT F.F.APPENDIX B, APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES G.G.APPENDIX C, APPENDIX C, REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C FIGURE 1A FIGURE 1A FIGURE 1A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 UNIT 1 CORE BRIDGE AND TROLLEY COORDINATES UNIT 1 CORE BRIDGE AND TROLLEY COORDINATES UNIT 1 CORE BRIDGE AND TROLLEY COORDINATES OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C FIGURE 1B FIGURE 1B FIGURE 1B REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 UNIT 2 CORE BRIDGE AND TROLLEY COORDINATES UNIT 2 CORE BRIDGE AND TROLLEY COORDINATES UNIT 2 CORE BRIDGE AND TROLLEY COORDINATES OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C FIGURE 2 FIGURE 2 FIGURE 2 REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 REFUELING INTERLOCKS DIAGRAM REFUELING INTERLOCKS DIAGRAM REFUELING INTERLOCKS DIAGRAM OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C FIGURE 3 FIGURE 3 FIGURE 3 REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 RFM SPREADER ARM RFM SPREADER ARM RFM SPREADER ARM NOTE NOTE NOTE Pin shown in the Pin shown in the OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE position.

position.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 1 of 15 Page 1 of 15 Page 1 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT A.A.This appendix has been page checked against the This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES.

[M0002][M0002][M0002]

NOTE NOTE NOTE If possible this appendix should be coordinated with Maintenance Procedure I-24, If possible this appendix should be coordinated with Maintenance Procedure I-24,REFUELING MACHINE LOAD WEIGHING SYSTEM ALIGNMENT TEST/ADJUSTMENT REFUELING MACHINE LOAD WEIGHING SYSTEM ALIGNMENT TEST/ADJUSTMENT

..

B.B.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions NOTE NOTE NOTE If the refueling machine will only be used as a working platform to uncouple CEAs, ONLY If the refueling machine will only be used as a working platform to uncouple CEAs, ONLYInitial Condition 1 applies.

Initial Condition 1 applies.

1.1.Use of Refueling Machine is anticipated.

Use of Refueling Machine is anticipated.

2.2.Refueling Machine Load Simulator is available for use.

Refueling Machine Load Simulator is available for use.

3.3.I&C has initially adjusted RFM setpoints to allow full mast and grapple I&C has initially adjusted RFM setpoints to allow full mast and grapple movement. This initial adjustment will be followed by a calibration (I-24) later movement. This initial adjustment will be followed by a calibration (I-24) later with the dummy assembly.

with the dummy assembly.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 2 of 15 Page 2 of 15 Page 2 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT C.C.Refueling Machine Startup and Interlock Check Out Procedure Refueling Machine Startup and Interlock Check Out Procedure NOTE NOTE NOTE Initialing a step indicates that it was performed satisfactorily.

Initialing a step indicates that it was performed satisfactorily. Steps C.1 through C.6 may be performed in any order.

Steps C.1 through C.6 may be performed in any order. If the refueling machine will only be used as a working platform to uncouple CEAs, If the refueling machine will only be used as a working platform to uncouple CEAs,ONLY steps C.1 through C.14 of this section need to be performed ONLY steps C.1 through C.14 of this section need to be performed AND AND AND the hoist must the hoist mustbe maintained in the full up position.

be maintained in the full up position.

1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE all manual handwheels are removed from all manual handwheels are removed from their extension shafts.

their extension shafts.

2.2.CHECK CHECK CHECK for lubricant leakage from the following oil for lubricant leakage from the following oil lubricated components.

lubricated components.Bridge Drive Bridge DriveTrolley Drive Trolley DriveHoist Drive Hoist DriveMast Rotate Gear Motor Mast Rotate Gear Motor

3.3.Visually Visually CHECK CHECK CHECK equipment for damaged, corroded, equipment for damaged, corroded, or deteriorated parts.

or deteriorated parts.

[B0629] [B0629] [B0629]

4.4.Visually Visually CHECK CHECK CHECK rail surfaces and gear rack teeth are clean rail surfaces and gear rack teeth are clean and free of obstructions.

and free of obstructions.

5.5.Visually Visually CHECK CHECK CHECK the festoon cable and track for damage and the festoon cable and track for damage and obstructions which could prevent free mechanical operation.

obstructions which could prevent free mechanical operation.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 3 of 15 Page 3 of 15 Page 3 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT 6.6.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE E & C has installed the RFM Console.

E & C has installed the RFM Console.

7.7.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE Bridge, Trolley, and Hoist Encoder assemblies are Bridge, Trolley, and Hoist Encoder assemblies are installed installed AND AND AND tested(procedure I-17 tested(procedure I-17 REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINE POSITION POSITION POSITION ENCODER INSTALLATION AND TESTING ENCODER INSTALLATION AND TESTING

): ):

8.8.ALIGN ALIGN ALIGN Instrument Air to the RFM as follows:

Instrument Air to the RFM as follows:

a.a.OPEN OPEN OPEN REFUELING MACHINE ISOL, 1-IA-431(2-IA-449)

REFUELING MACHINE ISOL, 1-IA-431(2-IA-449)

b.b.OPEN OPEN OPEN U-1(2) RFM AIR CONTROL PANEL ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1637 U-1(2) RFM AIR CONTROL PANEL ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1637

9.9.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE OPEN OPEN OPEN the individual air supply valves to the pressure the individual air supply valves to the pressure regulators on the pneumatic control panel, regulators on the pneumatic control panel, AND AND AND ADJUST ADJUST ADJUST the air the air regulators as necessary to maintain the following pressures:

regulators as necessary to maintain the following pressures:U-1(2) RFM CAMERA TILT 1(2)SV0517/CT ISOL, U-1(2) RFM CAMERA TILT 1(2)SV0517/CT ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1628: 50 +/- 5 PSIG 1(2)-IA-1628: 50 +/- 5 PSIG

U-1(2) RFM FUEL SPREADER 1(2)SV0517/FS ISOL, U-1(2) RFM FUEL SPREADER 1(2)SV0517/FS ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1629: 70 +/- 5 PSIG 1(2)-IA-1629: 70 +/- 5 PSIG

U-1(2) RFM GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE 1(2)SV0517/GO/GC ISOL, U-1(2) RFM GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE 1(2)SV0517/GO/GC ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1630: 50 +/- 10 PSIG 1(2)-IA-1630: 50 +/- 10 PSIG

U-1(2) RFM HOIST LATCH 1(2)SV0517/HLA ISOL, U-1(2) RFM HOIST LATCH 1(2)SV0517/HLA ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1631: 70 +/- 5 PSIG 1(2)-IA-1631: 70 +/- 5 PSIG

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 4 of 15 Page 4 of 15 Page 4 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUTU-1(2) RFM MAST DETENT 1(2)SV0517/MDD ISOL, U-1(2) RFM MAST DETENT 1(2)SV0517/MDD ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1632: 70 +/- 5 PSIG 1(2)-IA-1632: 70 +/- 5 PSIG

10.10.ENERGIZE ENERGIZE ENERGIZE the RFM Console as follows:

the RFM Console as follows:

a.a.PLACE PLACE PLACE the MAIN BREAKER to ON. (located on back of the MAIN BREAKER to ON. (located on back of RFM Console.)

RFM Console.)

b.b.DEPRESS DEPRESS DEPRESS the POWER ON pushbutton on the console panel.

the POWER ON pushbutton on the console panel.

c.c.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the HEATER ON light is extinguished.

the HEATER ON light is extinguished.

d.d.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the PLC ACTIVE light is flashing. (Located the PLC ACTIVE light is flashing. (Located on the right side of the RFM Console.)

on the right side of the RFM Console.)

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 5 of 15 Page 5 of 15 Page 5 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT e.e.IF IF IF the computer is available, the computer is available, THEN THEN THEN log on to the computer as follows:

log on to the computer as follows:

(1)(1)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the LOG ON touch pad.

the LOG ON touch pad.

(2)(2)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH in the user name ("FHS")

in the user name ("FHS")

AND AND AND TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the ENTER touch the ENTER touch pad. pad.

(3)(3)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the ENTER PASSWORD touch pad.

the ENTER PASSWORD touch pad.

(4)(4)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH in the password ("FHS")

in the password ("FHS")

AND AND AND TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the ENTER touch the ENTER touch pad. pad.

(5)(5)CHECK CHECK CHECK computer indicates that it is connected to the proper unit.

computer indicates that it is connected to the proper unit.

(6)(6)TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH the PRESS FOR OPERATION touch pad.

the PRESS FOR OPERATION touch pad.

f.f.CHECK CHECK CHECK the following:

the following:Various indicator lights are energized Various indicator lights are energized

Position readouts and the load indicator are energized Position readouts and the load indicator are energized

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 6 of 15 Page 6 of 15 Page 6 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT 11.11.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the hoist is in the Hoist Up Limit position.

the hoist is in the Hoist Up Limit position.(HOIST UP LIMIT light on) (HOIST UP LIMIT light on)

NOTE NOTE NOTE Bridge and trolly full speed operation is approximately 50 FPM.

Bridge and trolly full speed operation is approximately 50 FPM.

12.12.ACTUATE ACTUATE ACTUATE separately each of the following control switches separately each of the following control switches AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK variable speed up to full speed operation in each direction variable speed up to full speed operation in each direction (hoist last): (hoist last):Bridge control switch Bridge control switch

Trolley control switch Trolley control switch

Hoist control switch (Due to an underload condition, to lower an empty Hoist control switch (Due to an underload condition, to lower an empty hoist, HOIST LOAD BYPASS must be set hoist, HOIST LOAD BYPASS must be set by momentarily pulling out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS by momentarily pulling out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS pushbutton.)

pushbutton.)

13.13.CHECK CHECK CHECK bridge and trolley can be operated simultaneously.

bridge and trolley can be operated simultaneously.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 7 of 15 Page 7 of 15 Page 7 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT 14.14.CHECK CHECK CHECK mast rotate interlocks as follows:

mast rotate interlocks as follows:

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK the area surrounding the mast is clear of the area surrounding the mast is clear of obstructions permitting full rotation of the mast obstructions permitting full rotation of the mast and TV camera without interference.

and TV camera without interference.

NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps C.14.b and C.14.c may be performed in either order.

Steps C.14.b and C.14.c may be performed in either order.

b.b.SELECT SELECT SELECT MAST DETENT position for 270 MAST DETENT position for 270.CHECK mast rotation stops.CHECK mast rotation stops at 270 at 270. .

c.c.SELECT SELECT SELECT MAST DETENT position for 0 MAST DETENT position for 0.CHECK mast rotation stops at.CHECK mast rotation stops at 0 0. .

d.d.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the Mast Detent is Engaged the Mast Detent is Engaged AND AND AND the MAST the MAST DETENT DISENGAGED indicator light is extinguished.

DETENT DISENGAGED indicator light is extinguished.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 8 of 15 Page 8 of 15 Page 8 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT 15.15.CHECK CHECK CHECK hoist operation and interlocks and TV camera operation as follows:

hoist operation and interlocks and TV camera operation as follows:

a.a.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the Hoist Box is raised to the HOIST UP LIMIT.

the Hoist Box is raised to the HOIST UP LIMIT.

NOTE NOTE NOTE Refer to FIGURE 3, Refer to FIGURE 3, RFM SPREADER ARM RFM SPREADER ARM

..

b.b.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the pins for both spreader arms are in the the pins for both spreader arms are in the OPERATE position.

OPERATE position.

NOTE NOTE NOTE Step C.15.c is to be performed concurrently while performing Steps C.15.d through C.15.v.

Step C.15.c is to be performed concurrently while performing Steps C.15.d through C.15.v.

c.c.INSPECT INSPECT INSPECT the hoist cable while running hoist through the hoist cable while running hoist through the full length of travel.

the full length of travel.

CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONThe spotter shall observe hoist operation The spotter shall observe hoist operation AND AND AND shall notify the operator to stop lowering shall notify the operator to stop loweringthe hoist if it appears that any equipment may interfere with the hoist operation.

the hoist if it appears that any equipment may interfere with the hoist operation.

d.d.SET SET SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the HOIST LOAD the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.

BYPASS light is flashing.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 9 of 15 Page 9 of 15 Page 9 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT NOTE NOTE NOTE If not over the core, it is necessary to manually unlatch the hoist to move the hoist box If not over the core, it is necessary to manually unlatch the hoist to move the hoist boxbelow the latch position.

below the latch position.

e.e.HOLD HOLD HOLD the HOIST Latch lever in the UNLATCH position the HOIST Latch lever in the UNLATCH position while performing the following:

while performing the following:

(1)(1)LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist box, the hoist box, AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the hoist operates in slow speed until the hoist operates in slow speed until below the LATCH BYPASS ZONE below the LATCH BYPASS ZONE (approximately 12.5 inch hoist position). (approximately 12.5 inch hoist position).

f.f.RELEASE RELEASE RELEASE the HOIST LATCH lever.

the HOIST LATCH lever.

g.g.CONTINUE CONTINUE CONTINUE lowering the hoist lowering the hoist AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK hoist operation hoist operation is in fast speed (approx 18 FPM) until approximately hoist is in fast speed (approx 18 FPM) until approximately hoist position 125.00 (just prior to fuel hoist box being fully position 125.00 (just prior to fuel hoist box being fully extended), at which time it shifts to slow speed extended), at which time it shifts to slow speed (approx 5 FPM). (approx 5 FPM).

h.h.WHEN WHEN WHEN the grapple reaches the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE the grapple reaches the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (Upper Grapple Operate Zone is indicated; hoist ZONE (Upper Grapple Operate Zone is indicated; hoist position of approximately 277 inches), position of approximately 277 inches), THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP hoist movement.

hoist movement.

i.i.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple, the grapple, AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK GRAPPLE OPEN light illuminates.

GRAPPLE OPEN light illuminates.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 10 of 15 Page 10 of 15 Page 10 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT j.j.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist:

the hoist:

(1)(1)WHEN WHEN WHEN grapple reaches the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE grapple reaches the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (Lower Grapple Operate Zone is indicated; hoist (Lower Grapple Operate Zone is indicated; hoist position of approximately 295 inches), position of approximately 295 inches), THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP hoist movement.

hoist movement.

k.k.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple, the grapple, AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK GRAPPLE CLOSED light illuminates.

GRAPPLE CLOSED light illuminates.

l.l.OPEN OPEN OPEN the grapple, the grapple, AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK GRAPPLE OPEN light illuminates.

GRAPPLE OPEN light illuminates.

m.m.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist, the hoist, AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK operation is in slow speed (observe hoist operation is in slow speed (observe hoist load indication to ensure no equipment is snagged).

load indication to ensure no equipment is snagged).

n.n.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the HOIST LOAD BYPASS goes OFF when the HOIST LOAD BYPASS goes OFF when raising the hoist.

raising the hoist.

o.o.CHECK CHECK CHECK hoist movement stops when Upper Operate hoist movement stops when Upper Operate Zone light illuminates (grapple open).

Zone light illuminates (grapple open).

p.p.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the grapple, the grapple, AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK GRAPPLE CLOSED light illuminates.

GRAPPLE CLOSED light illuminates.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 11 of 15 Page 11 of 15 Page 11 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT q.q.DEPRESS DEPRESS DEPRESS the CAMERA TILT pushbutton, the CAMERA TILT pushbutton, AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK tilted view on TV monitor and tilted view on TV monitor and CAMERA TILT light illuminates.

CAMERA TILT light illuminates.(N/A if camera is not available) (N/A if camera is not available)

r.r.PULL-OUT PULL-OUT PULL-OUT the CAMERA TILT pushbutton, the CAMERA TILT pushbutton, AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK vertical view on TV monitor and vertical view on TV monitor and CAMERA TILT light extinguishes.

CAMERA TILT light extinguishes.(N/A if camera is not available) (N/A if camera is not available)

s.s.PLACE PLACE PLACE the FUEL SPREADER selector switch to the the FUEL SPREADER selector switch to the EXTEND position, EXTEND position, AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the FUEL SPREADER RETRACTED light the FUEL SPREADER RETRACTED light extinguishes and FUEL SPREADER EXTENDED is extinguishes and FUEL SPREADER EXTENDED is indicated on the CRT.

indicated on the CRT.

t.t.PLACE PLACE PLACE the FUEL SPREADER selector switch to the the FUEL SPREADER selector switch to the RETRACT position, RETRACT position, AND AND AND VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the FUEL SPREADER RETRACTED light the FUEL SPREADER RETRACTED light illuminates and FUEL SPREADER RETRACTED is illuminates and FUEL SPREADER RETRACTED is indicated on the CRT.

indicated on the CRT.

u.u.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the up limit, the hoist to the up limit, AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK for shift to high speed at approximately for shift to high speed at approximately hoist position 123.56 (approximate position when hoist position 123.56 (approximate position when a fuel assembly would be fully raised into the hoist box).

a fuel assembly would be fully raised into the hoist box).

v.v.CHECK CHECK CHECK hoist movement stops when reaching the hoist movement stops when reaching the Hoist Up Limit (HOIST UP LIMIT light illuminates).

Hoist Up Limit (HOIST UP LIMIT light illuminates).

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 12 of 15 Page 12 of 15 Page 12 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT NOTE NOTE NOTE For the hoist latch operation and interlock checks the RFM can For the hoist latch operation and interlock checks the RFM can NOT NOT NOT be over the core.

be over the core.

16.16.CHECK CHECK CHECK hoist latch operation and interlocks as follows:

hoist latch operation and interlocks as follows:

a.a.LOWER LOWER LOWER the hoist, the hoist, AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK HOIST BOX LATCHED indication illuminates HOIST BOX LATCHED indication illuminates (at approximate hoist position 5.21) (at approximate hoist position 5.21)

b.b.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the HOIST UP-LIMIT.

the hoist to the HOIST UP-LIMIT.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 13 of 15 Page 13 of 15 Page 13 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT D.D.Hoist Load System Check Out Procedure Hoist Load System Check Out Procedure

1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the following Repetitive Task is current on the applicable Unit:

the following Repetitive Task is current on the applicable Unit:Unit-1 Unit-1(encoder alignment 2yr) 10811001 (encoder alignment 2yr) 10811001

Unit-2 Unit-2(encoder alignment 2yr) 20811001 (encoder alignment 2yr) 20811001

NOTE NOTE NOTE STP-0-59-1(2) Section 6.1, STP-0-59-1(2) Section 6.1, Refueling Machine Hoist Overload limit test Refueling Machine Hoist Overload limit test , may be , may beperformed concurrently with this section.

performed concurrently with this section. With the load simulator connected and turned on, it will override the transducer weight With the load simulator connected and turned on, it will override the transducer weightindication. By turning the box switch off, the load simulator is removed from the indication. By turning the box switch off, the load simulator is removed from thecircuit.circuit.

2.2.CONNECT CONNECT CONNECT the load simulator to the RFM Console.

the load simulator to the RFM Console.

3.3.PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM I-24, I-24, REFUELING MACHINE LOAD WEIGHING REFUELING MACHINE LOAD WEIGHING SYSTEM ALIGNMENT TEST/ADJUSTMENT SYSTEM ALIGNMENT TEST/ADJUSTMENT. .

4.4.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE I-24, I-24, REFUELING MACHINE LOAD WEIGHING REFUELING MACHINE LOAD WEIGHING SYSTEM ALIGNMENT TEST/ADJUSTMENT SYSTEM ALIGNMENT TEST/ADJUSTMENT is completed SAT.

is completed SAT.

5.5.REMOVE REMOVE REMOVE the simulator from the load weighing system by the simulator from the load weighing system by placing its toggle switch in OFF.

placing its toggle switch in OFF.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 14 of 15 Page 14 of 15 Page 14 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT 6.6.RAISE RAISE RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.

E.E.Additional RFM Checks Additional RFM Checks 1.1.HAVE HAVE HAVE the dummy fuel assembly transferred from the dummy fuel assembly transferred from the SFP to the RFP. (N/A if stored in RFP the SFP to the RFP. (N/A if stored in RFP storage rack).

storage rack).

2.2.GRAPPLE GRAPPLE GRAPPLE the dummy fuel assembly at all four detents of the dummy fuel assembly at all four detents of the RFM mast the RFM mast AND AND AND CHECK CHECK CHECK no deflection of the grapple no deflection of the grapple caused by misalignment.

caused by misalignment.

3.3.IF IF IF the dummy fuel assembly is the dummy fuel assembly is NOT NOT NOT required for required for further testing activities, further testing activities, THEN THEN THEN HAVE HAVE HAVE it returned to the SFP.

it returned to the SFP.(N/A if stored in RFP storage rack). (N/A if stored in RFP storage rack).

F.F.LIST LIST LIST any required steps which could any required steps which could NOT NOT NOT be completed be completed OR OR OR completed satisfactorily completed satisfactorily AND AND AND any associated comments:

any associated comments:

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX A APPENDIX A APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 15 of 15 Page 15 of 15 Page 15 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT G.G.The Refueling Machine is : OPERABLE / OUT OF SERVICE The Refueling Machine is : OPERABLE / OUT OF SERVICE (circle one)

(circle one)

SM SM

H.H.IF IF IF desired PLACE the Refueling Machine in a short term shutdown (shutdown desired PLACE the Refueling Machine in a short term shutdown (shutdown 90 days or less) 90 days or less)

PER PER PER Section 6.5, Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE

..(N/A if (N/A if NOT NOT NOT performed) performed)

I.I.IF IF IF Refueling Operations will begin, Refueling Operations will begin, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM APPENDIX C, APPENDIX C, REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST

[B0408].[B0408].[B0408]. (N/A if (N/A if NOT NOT NOT performed) performed)

J.J.This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES.

EFFECTIVE PAGES.

[M0002][M0002][M0002]

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX B APPENDIX B APPENDIX B REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES NOTE NOTE NOTE The responsibilities listed are The responsibilities listed are NOT NOT NOT all-inclusive. The Fuel Handling Supervisor may all-inclusive. The Fuel Handling Supervisor mayadd or delete responsibilities as conditions warrant. This is merely a guideline of the add or delete responsibilities as conditions warrant. This is merely a guideline of thetypes of responsibilities expected of the spotter.

types of responsibilities expected of the spotter. A fuel spotter shall be used anytime the RFM is being moved. Spotter shall be A fuel spotter shall be used anytime the RFM is being moved. Spotter shall beproficient proficient PER PER PER NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.

NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities.

[B0167][B0167][B0167]

A.A.Responsibilities Responsibilities 1.1.The primary responsibility of the spotter is watch the movement of fuel to The primary responsibility of the spotter is watch the movement of fuel to ensure that there is a clear pathway for the fuel (grapple, hoist, bridge, ensure that there is a clear pathway for the fuel (grapple, hoist, bridge, trolley) without danger of collision. This provides additional protection for trolley) without danger of collision. This provides additional protection for the fuel, as well as the fuel handling equipment.

the fuel, as well as the fuel handling equipment.

a.a.In addition, during upward movement of the grapple or retraction of the In addition, during upward movement of the grapple or retraction of the spreader, the spotter shall observe to check for an inadvertently spreader, the spotter shall observe to check for an inadvertently snagged CEA or fuel assembly being lifted out of position.

snagged CEA or fuel assembly being lifted out of position.

[B0207][B0207][B0207]2.2.Some of the secondary responsibilities are:

Some of the secondary responsibilities are:

a.a.Ensure the rails of the bridge and trolley are free of obstructions each Ensure the rails of the bridge and trolley are free of obstructions each time prior to movement of either one.

time prior to movement of either one.

b.b.Assist the RFM operator in determining the correct location required by Assist the RFM operator in determining the correct location required by the SNM Transfer Form 2.

the SNM Transfer Form 2.

c.c.Check the hoist is centered above the object prior to lowering to grapple Check the hoist is centered above the object prior to lowering to grapple the object.

the object.

d.d.Check the mast detent is in the position called for on the SNM Transfer Check the mast detent is in the position called for on the SNM Transfer Form 2 prior to lowering the object into the desired location.

Form 2 prior to lowering the object into the desired location.

e.e.Check for proper grappling when picking up an object.

Check for proper grappling when picking up an object.

f.f.Watch for equipment such as hoses, cords and pool lights that may Watch for equipment such as hoses, cords and pool lights that may interfere with RFM operation prior to and during operation of the of the interfere with RFM operation prior to and during operation of the of the RFM.RFM.g.g.Check that assemblies placed into the core are properly aligned with the Check that assemblies placed into the core are properly aligned with the core and adjacent assemblies.

core and adjacent assemblies.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX C APPENDIX C APPENDIX C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 1 of 2 Page 1 of 2 Page 1 of 2 REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST [B0408]

REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST [B0408]

REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST [B0408]

1.1.This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF EFFECTIVE This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES. PAGES. [M0002][M0002][M0002]

NOTE NOTE NOTE Steps 2 - 16 may be performed in any order.

Steps 2 - 16 may be performed in any order.

2.2.A SWP is approved for the refueling activities to be performed A SWP is approved for the refueling activities to be performed within this procedure.

within this procedure.3.3.The RCSS has been notified of the activities to be performed The RCSS has been notified of the activities to be performed within this procedure.

within this procedure.4.4.IF IF IF uncoupling/coupling CEAs, uncoupling/coupling CEAs, THEN THEN THEN VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY RFP level is greater than 56.7 ft.

RFP level is greater than 56.7 ft.5.5.IF IF IF moving Fuel assemblies moving Fuel assemblies OR OR OR CEAs, CEAs, THEN THEN THEN VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY RFP level greater than 65 ft (normally 67 feet) prior RFP level greater than 65 ft (normally 67 feet) prior to moving Fuel or CEAs.

to moving Fuel or CEAs.6.6.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE at least one Containment Iodine Filter is available at least one Containment Iodine Filter is available for service.

for service.7.7.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE CREVS operable per Tech Spec 3.7.8.

CREVS operable per Tech Spec 3.7.8.8.8.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE CRETS operable per Tech Spec 3.7.9.

CRETS operable per Tech Spec 3.7.9.9.9.The RFP clarity and lighting are adequate to see the assemblies The RFP clarity and lighting are adequate to see the assemblies and details of the lower core support (for onloads only).

and details of the lower core support (for onloads only).10.10.IF IF IF moving Fuel Assemblies, moving Fuel Assemblies, THEN THEN THEN an approved set of fuel moves is present and notification an approved set of fuel moves is present and notification has been received from Nuclear Fuel Management of the has been received from Nuclear Fuel Management of the step number to start on.

step number to start on.11.11.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY 2 WRNIs Operable, each with continuous visual indication in the 2 WRNIs Operable, each with continuous visual indication in the Control Room Control Room AND AND AND one with audible indication in the one with audible indication in the Containment and Control Room. (Tech Spec 3.9.2)

Containment and Control Room. (Tech Spec 3.9.2)12.12.Sections 5.0 Sections 5.0 AND AND AND 6.3 of this OI have been reviewed.

6.3 of this OI have been reviewed.13.13.Prior to core alterations, Prior to core alterations, VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY a visual inspection has been a visual inspection has been completed of all equipment paths for foreign material interference completed of all equipment paths for foreign material interference within the last 72 hrs.

within the last 72 hrs.

OI-25C OI-25C OI-25C APPENDIX C APPENDIX C APPENDIX C REFUELING MACHINE REFUELING MACHINEREFUELING MACHINERev. 35 Rev. 35 Rev. 35 Page 2 of 2 Page 2 of 2 Page 2 of 2 REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST [B0408]

REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST [B0408]

REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST [B0408]

14.14.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the following STPs have been completed within the required time the following STPs have been completed within the required time requirements:

requirements:STP 0-92 STP 0-92STP 0-59 STP 0-5915.15.IF IF IF moving irradiated fuel assemblies within containment, moving irradiated fuel assemblies within containment, THEN THEN THEN VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the following STPs have been completed within the required the following STPs have been completed within the required time requirements:

time requirements:STP 0-55A STP 0-55ASTP 0-60 STP 0-6016.16.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the following Radiation Monitors required for movement of irradiated the following Radiation Monitors required for movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment, are in service:

fuel assemblies within containment, are in service:IF IF IF Cntmt Purge is in service, Cntmt Purge is in service, THEN THEN THEN 69 ft Elevation Containment Area Radiation Monitors, 69 ft Elevation Containment Area Radiation Monitors, RI-5316A thru D, are operable RI-5316A thru D, are operable PER PER PER Tech Spec 3.3.7.

Tech Spec 3.3.7.IF IF IF Cntmt Purge is secured, Cntmt Purge is secured, THEN THEN THEN at least one of the 69 ft Elevation Containment Area at least one of the 69 ft Elevation Containment Area Radiation Monitors, RI-5316A thru D Radiation Monitors, RI-5316A thru D17.17.This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF EFFECTIVE This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES. PAGES. [M0002][M0002][M0002]

NOTE NOTE NOTE The signatures below indicate that the appendix has been completed and reviewed.

The signatures below indicate that the appendix has been completed and reviewed.

CALVERT CLIFFS NUCLEAR POWER PLANT CALVERT CLIFFS NUCLEAR POWER PLANT CALVERT CLIFFS NUCLEAR POWER PLANT UNIT ONE AND TWO UNIT ONE AND TWO UNIT ONE AND TWO OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM REVISION 29 REVISION 29 REVISION 29 OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 2 of 40 Page 2 of 40 Page 2 of 40 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE TITLE TITLE PAGE PAGE PAGE 1.01.0 PURPOSE PURPOSE........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................4 4 2.02.0 APPLICABILITY/SCOPE APPLICABILITY/SCOPE..........................................................................................................................................................................................4 4 3.

03.0 REFERENCES

AND DEFINITIONS REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS........................................................................................................................................................4 4 4.04.0 PREREQUISITES PREREQUISITES..................................................................................................................................................................................................................5 5 5.05.0 PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS........................................................................................................................................................................................................................5 5 6.06.0 SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM OPERATION................................................................................................................................................................................................7 7 6.16.1 SYSTEM STARTUP SYSTEM STARTUP..................................................................................................................................................................................7 7 6.26.2 STARTING A NORMAL PURGE OF CONTAINMENT STARTING A NORMAL PURGE OF CONTAINMENT........................................................................9 9 6.36.3 STARTING A POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF STARTING A POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT CONTAINMENT..............................................................................................................................................................................................17 17 6.46.4 STARTING A NEGATIVE PRESSURE VENT OF STARTING A NEGATIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT CONTAINMENT..............................................................................................................................................................................................19 19 6.56.5 SECURING PURGING OR VENTING SECURING PURGING OR VENTING............................................................................................................................22 22 6.66.6 CONTAINMENT POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT VIA THE CONTAINMENT POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT VIA THE NORMAL SUMP NORMAL SUMP..............................................................................................................................................................................................25 25 6.76.7 STARTING AN ALTERNATE PURGE OF CONTAINMENT STARTING AN ALTERNATE PURGE OF CONTAINMENT..........................................................27 27 6.86.8 STARTING/STOPPING THE PURGE SUPPLY FAN WHILE STARTING/STOPPING THE PURGE SUPPLY FAN WHILE PURGE IS IN OPERATION PURGE IS IN OPERATION............................................................................................................................................................30 30 6.96.9 CYCLE CONTAINMENT PURGE CVsTO CHECK OPERATION CYCLE CONTAINMENT PURGE CVsTO CHECK OPERATION OF SVs (PE 1/2-60-01-O-SA) OF SVs (PE 1/2-60-01-O-SA)....................................................................................................................................................33 33 6.106.10 POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT VIA POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT VIA UNMONITORED RELEASE PATHS UNMONITORED RELEASE PATHS................................................................................................................................35 35 7.07.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES....................................................................................................................................................40 40 8.08.0 BASES BASES.........................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................40 40 9.09.0 RECORDS RECORDS........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................40 40 10.010.0 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS......................................................................................................................................................................................................................40 40 OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 3 of 40 Page 3 of 40 Page 3 of 40 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES PAGE NUMBERS PAGE NUMBERS PAGE NUMBERS REVISION REVISION REVISION 1-401-4029 29 APPENDIX APPENDIX APPENDIX REVISION REVISION REVISION 1, PG 11, PG 129 29 2, PGs 1-42, PGs 1-429 29 ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS REVISION REVISION REVISION 1A, PGs 1-31A, PGs 1-329 29 1B, PGs 1-3 1B, PGs 1-3 1C, PG 1 1C, PG 1 1D, PG 1 1D, PG 1 PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PAGE NUMBERS PAGE NUMBERS PAGE NUMBERS REVISION/CHANGE REVISION/CHANGE REVISION/CHANGE 10102903 2903 OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 4 of 40 Page 4 of 40 Page 4 of 40 1.0 1.01.0PURPOSE PURPOSE PURPOSE A.A. The purpose of this procedure is to give a detailed description of the operation The purpose of this procedure is to give a detailed description of the operation of the Units 1 and 2 Containment Purge System.

of the Units 1 and 2 Containment Purge System.

[B0154][B0154][B0154]2.0 2.02.0APPLICABILITY/SCOPE APPLICABILITY/SCOPE APPLICABILITY/SCOPE A.A.This procedure places the system in service in preparation for purging, and This procedure places the system in service in preparation for purging, and removes it from service prior to Mode 4 entry.

removes it from service prior to Mode 4 entry.

B.B.This procedure covers venting of Units 1 and 2 Containment under both positive This procedure covers venting of Units 1 and 2 Containment under both positive and negative pressure conditions.

and negative pressure conditions.

C.C.This procedure covers both normal purging and purging at reduced flow rates.

This procedure covers both normal purging and purging at reduced flow rates.

3.0 3.

03.0REFERENCES

AND DEFINITIONS REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS 3.1 3.13.1DEVELOPMENTAL REFERENCES DEVELOPMENTAL REFERENCES DEVELOPMENTAL REFERENCES A.A.Technical Procedure Writers Manual.

Technical Procedure Writers Manual.

B.B.PR-1-101, Preparation and Control of Calvert Cliffs Technical Procedures.

PR-1-101, Preparation and Control of Calvert Cliffs Technical Procedures.

C.C.System Description 11, System Description 11, Containment Purge System Containment Purge System

..D.D.System Description 15, System Description 15, Radiation Monitoring System Radiation Monitoring System

..E.E.E-26-1(2), Removal and Installation of #11(#21) Purge Air Supply and Exhaust E-26-1(2), Removal and Installation of #11(#21) Purge Air Supply and Exhaust Fan Motor Starter Heaters.

Fan Motor Starter Heaters.

F.F.HE-46, Equipment Access Door Removal and Installation.

HE-46, Equipment Access Door Removal and Installation.

G.G.CCNPP Technical Specifications.

CCNPP Technical Specifications.

H.H.P&IDs P&IDs 1.1.OM-65 (60-723-E), Ventilation Systems, Containment, Turbine, and OM-65 (60-723-E), Ventilation Systems, Containment, Turbine, and Penetration Rm. (Sheet 1)

Penetration Rm. (Sheet 1) 3.2 3.23.2PERFORMANCE REFERENCES PERFORMANCE REFERENCES PERFORMANCE REFERENCES A.A.STP-O-60-1(2), Containment Purge Isolation System Functional Test.

STP-O-60-1(2), Containment Purge Isolation System Functional Test.

B.B.OI-40, Plant Heating System.

OI-40, Plant Heating System.

C.C.MN-3-100, Painting And Other Protective Coatings.

MN-3-100, Painting And Other Protective Coatings.

D.D.NO-1-205, Locked Valves.

NO-1-205, Locked Valves.

3.3 3.33.3DEFINITIONS DEFINITIONS DEFINITIONS None None OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 5 of 40 Page 5 of 40 Page 5 of 40 4.0 4.04.0PREREQUISITES PREREQUISITES PREREQUISITES A.A.Prerequisites will vary depending on which section of the procedure is being Prerequisites will vary depending on which section of the procedure is being performed. Prerequisites for each section will be listed as Initial Conditions at performed. Prerequisites for each section will be listed as Initial Conditions at the beginning of the applicable section.

the beginning of the applicable section.

5.0 5.05.0PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS A.A.Do Do NOT NOT NOT operate the Containment Purge System in Modes 1 through 4. During operate the Containment Purge System in Modes 1 through 4. During these modes, Technical Specifications require the purge supply and exhaust these modes, Technical Specifications require the purge supply and exhaust Blank Flanges be installed.

Blank Flanges be installed.

B.B.Whenever purging or venting via this system, ODCM Controls 3.3.3.9 requires Whenever purging or venting via this system, ODCM Controls 3.3.3.9 requires ONE ONE ONE of the following:

of the following:Main Vent Gaseous Radiation Monitor RI-5415 shall be in operation on the Main Vent Gaseous Radiation Monitor RI-5415 shall be in operation on the affected unit.

affected unit.An equivalent monitor shall be provided, or grab samples taken every 24 An equivalent monitor shall be provided, or grab samples taken every 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> and analyzed for gross activity.

hours and analyzed for gross activity.

C.C.Purge operation must be stopped immediately if either:

Purge operation must be stopped immediately if either:The Main Vent Gaseous Radiation Monitor RI-5415 reaches the high alarm The Main Vent Gaseous Radiation Monitor RI-5415 reaches the high alarm point while purging, UNLESS the expected release values are greater than point while purging, UNLESS the expected release values are greater than the fixed high alarm setpoint the fixed high alarm setpoint AND AND AND this has been evaluated by Plant this has been evaluated by Plant Chemistry Chemistry OR OR ORPlant Computer point R5415A! (R5415B! U-2) exceeds the Critical High limit Plant Computer point R5415A! (R5415B! U-2) exceeds the Critical High limit specified on the purge permit specified on the purge permit D.D.Containment Radiation Signal (CRS) operability requires all four channels of Containment Radiation Signal (CRS) operability requires all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and D to be operable Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and D to be operable during the movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment. If during the movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment. If CRS becomes inoperable, purging and venting must be secured, and the purge CRS becomes inoperable, purging and venting must be secured, and the purge valves must be closed, valves must be closed, PER PER PER Tech Specs 3.9.3 and 3.3.7.

Tech Specs 3.9.3 and 3.3.7.

E.E.If fire dampers in the Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Ducts actuate If fire dampers in the Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Ducts actuate while the fans are in operation, damage to the dampers or ductwork may result.

while the fans are in operation, damage to the dampers or ductwork may result.

F.F.IF IF IF the Transfer Tube Isolation Valve is open, the Transfer Tube Isolation Valve is open, THEN THEN THEN MONITOR MONITOR MONITOR Refueling Pool and Spent Fuel Pool levels closely when Refueling Pool and Spent Fuel Pool levels closely when performing any evolution that may create or change differential pressure performing any evolution that may create or change differential pressure between the Containment and Auxiliary Buildings. Unanticipated changes in between the Containment and Auxiliary Buildings. Unanticipated changes in Refueling Pool and Spent Fuel Pool water levels can occur following such Refueling Pool and Spent Fuel Pool water levels can occur following such evolutions.

evolutions.

[B0055][B0055][B0055]G.G.Radiation Safety Supervision should be notified of any pending containment Radiation Safety Supervision should be notified of any pending containment purge or vent, since this may cause a change in radiological conditions in purge or vent, since this may cause a change in radiological conditions in containment.

containment.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 6 of 40 Page 6 of 40 Page 6 of 40 5.0 5.05.0PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)

H.H.The Purge Exhaust line contains roughing and HEPA filters. Flow should not be The Purge Exhaust line contains roughing and HEPA filters. Flow should not be run through this line when painting in the Containment, if there is any possiblity run through this line when painting in the Containment, if there is any possiblity that paint fumes could reach the filters. Observe the requirements of MN-3-100, that paint fumes could reach the filters. Observe the requirements of MN-3-100, Painting And Protective Coating, regarding filter operation while painting.

Painting And Protective Coating, regarding filter operation while painting.

I.I.An issue report should be submitted to have filters replaced whenever An issue report should be submitted to have filters replaced whenever P P reaches 2.5 inches H reaches 2.5 inches H 2 2 O. Roughing-HEPA filter O. Roughing-HEPA filter P can be read using a local P can be read using a local P P gauge. Panel 1C34 (window U-05 for Unit 1 filters gauge. Panel 1C34 (window U-05 for Unit 1 filters OR OR OR U-07 for Unit 2 filters) will U-07 for Unit 2 filters) will alarm if alarm if P reaches 2.7 inches H P reaches 2.7 inches H 2 2 O.O.J.J.The sample pumps for Containment Radiation Monitoring System (RMS) must The sample pumps for Containment Radiation Monitoring System (RMS) must be secured prior to purging, to prevent clogging of the Containment RMS Filter.

be secured prior to purging, to prevent clogging of the Containment RMS Filter.

The monitors served are required operable only in Modes 1 through 4.

The monitors served are required operable only in Modes 1 through 4.

K.K.Do Do NOT NOT NOT operate the containment purge valves with a differential (containment operate the containment purge valves with a differential (containment pressure) pressure greater than 0.30 PSI.

pressure) pressure greater than 0.30 PSI.

[B0200][B0200][B0200]L.L.To ensure SFP ventilation is operable, when the PAL interlocks are defeated To ensure SFP ventilation is operable, when the PAL interlocks are defeated with either the Containment equipment hatch installed with either the Containment equipment hatch installed OR OR OR the Containment the Containment Outage Door (COD) shut, the following lineup is required:

Outage Door (COD) shut, the following lineup is required:

[B0390][B0390][B0390]The Containment Purge Supply The Containment Purge Supply AND AND AND Exhaust fans must be running Exhaust fans must be running OR OR ORContainment Purge must be secured Containment Purge must be secured M.M.When the outside air temperature is less than or equal to 45 When the outside air temperature is less than or equal to 45F F AND AND AND plant plant heating is not in operation, the Purge Supply fan coils should be isolated and heating is not in operation, the Purge Supply fan coils should be isolated and drained.drained.N.N.IF IF IF Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45 Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45F, F, THEN THEN THEN place Plant Heating in service to maintain Containment temperatures place Plant Heating in service to maintain Containment temperatures greater than 45 greater than 45F F OR OR OR Secure Containment Purge.

Secure Containment Purge.

IF IF IF Containment Average air Containment Average air temperature can temperature can NOT NOT NOT be maintained greater than 45 be maintained greater than 45F, F, THEN THEN THEN Containment Purge shall be secured.

Containment Purge shall be secured.

IF IF IF the RCS in Mode 6 or defueled the RCS in Mode 6 or defueled and does and does NOT NOT NOT have at least a 8 inch have at least a 8 inch 2 2 vent path, then the minimum vent path, then the minimum temperature of 45 temperature of 45F is raised to 60 F is raised to 60F. F. [B0782][B0782][B0782]O.O.IF IF IF operation of the Containment Purge Supply fan is desired with the COD and operation of the Containment Purge Supply fan is desired with the COD and Equipment hatch open, Equipment hatch open, THEN THEN THEN approval from Plant Chemistry must be obtained prior to operation due to approval from Plant Chemistry must be obtained prior to operation due to ODCM restrictions.

ODCM restrictions.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 7 of 40 Page 7 of 40 Page 7 of 40 6.0 6.06.0SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM OPERATION SYSTEM OPERATION 6.1 6.16.1SYSTEM STARTUP SYSTEM STARTUP SYSTEM STARTUP A.A.A.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions 1.1.RCS temperature is less than 200 RCS temperature is less than 200F on the unit to be readied for service.

F on the unit to be readied for service.

2.2.Purging or venting of containment on the affected unit is anticipated prior to the Purging or venting of containment on the affected unit is anticipated prior to the next Mode 4 entry on that unit.

next Mode 4 entry on that unit.

3.3.Containment Purge System on the affected unit is aligned to the STARTUP Containment Purge System on the affected unit is aligned to the STARTUP positions of the following attachments:

positions of the following attachments:For Unit 1, use ATTACHMENT 1A, ATTACHMENT 1C.

For Unit 1, use ATTACHMENT 1A, ATTACHMENT 1C.For Unit 2, use ATTACHMENT 1B, ATTACHMENT 1D.

For Unit 2, use ATTACHMENT 1B, ATTACHMENT 1D. NOTE NOTE NOTE Only the subsection of 6.1 which applies to the affected unit is to be performed.

Only the subsection of 6.1 which applies to the affected unit is to be performed.

B.B.B.Unit 1 System Startup Unit 1 System Startup Unit 1 System Startup 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE blank flanges removed blank flanges removed AND AND AND spoolpieces installed on Containment spoolpieces installed on Containment Supply and Return ducting.

Supply and Return ducting.

2.2.IF IF IF Unit 1 is to be placed in Mode 6, Unit 1 is to be placed in Mode 6, THEN THEN THEN::COMPLETE COMPLETE COMPLETE STP O-60-1, Containment Purge Isolation System Functional STP O-60-1, Containment Purge Isolation System Functional Test.Test.OR OR ORPLACE PLACE PLACE a note on the Shift Turnover Information Sheet to a note on the Shift Turnover Information Sheet to ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE STP STP O-60-1, Containment Purge Isolation System Functional Test, is performed O-60-1, Containment Purge Isolation System Functional Test, is performed PRIOR PRIOR PRIOR to movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment with to movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment with Containment Purge valves open.

Containment Purge valves open.

        • END ****
        • END ****
        • END ****

C.C.C.Unit 2 System Startup Unit 2 System Startup Unit 2 System Startup 1.1.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE blank flanges removed blank flanges removed AND AND AND spoolpieces installed on Containment spoolpieces installed on Containment Supply and Return ducting.

Supply and Return ducting.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 8 of 40 Page 8 of 40 Page 8 of 40 6.1.C 6.1.C6.1.CUnit 2 System Startup Unit 2 System Startup Unit 2 System Startup (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 2.2.IF IF IF Unit 2 is to be placed in Mode 6, Unit 2 is to be placed in Mode 6, THEN THEN THEN::COMPLETE COMPLETE COMPLETE STP O-60-2, Containment Purge Isolation System Functional STP O-60-2, Containment Purge Isolation System Functional Test.Test.OR OR ORPLACE PLACE PLACE a note on the Shift Turnover Information Sheet to a note on the Shift Turnover Information Sheet to ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE STP STP O-60-2, Containment Purge Isolation System Functional Test, is performed O-60-2, Containment Purge Isolation System Functional Test, is performed PRIOR PRIOR PRIOR to movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment with to movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment with Containment Purge valves open.

Containment Purge valves open.

        • END ****
        • END ****
        • END ****

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 9 of 40 Page 9 of 40 Page 9 of 40 6.2 6.26.2STARTING A NORMAL PURGE OF CONTAINMENT STARTING A NORMAL PURGE OF CONTAINMENT STARTING A NORMAL PURGE OF CONTAINMENT A.A.A.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions 1.1.RCS temperature is less than 200 RCS temperature is less than 200F on the unit to be purged.

F on the unit to be purged.

2.2.Section 6.1 has been completed for the unit to be purged.

Section 6.1 has been completed for the unit to be purged.

3.3.One Main Exhaust Fan is in operation on the unit to be purged.

One Main Exhaust Fan is in operation on the unit to be purged.

4.4.Main Vent Gaseous Radiation Monitor RI-5415 is in operation on the unit to be Main Vent Gaseous Radiation Monitor RI-5415 is in operation on the unit to be purged, purged, OR OR OR appropriate compensatory action has been taken appropriate compensatory action has been taken PER PER PER ODCM ODCM Controls 3.3.3.9.

Controls 3.3.3.9.

5.5.An approved Gaseous Waste Release Permit for containment purge has been An approved Gaseous Waste Release Permit for containment purge has been received from Chemistry.

received from Chemistry.

6.6.Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending containment purge.

Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending containment purge.

7.7.IF IF IF moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, THEN THEN THEN all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7)

C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7) NOTE NOTE NOTE If Containment pressure is greater than 0.30 PSIG or less than (-)0.30 PSIG, then the If Containment pressure is greater than 0.30 PSIG or less than (-)0.30 PSIG, then theH H 2 2 Purge system must be used.

Purge system must be used.

8.8.Containment pressure is no less than (-)0.30 PSIG and no greater than 0.30 Containment pressure is no less than (-)0.30 PSIG and no greater than 0.30 PSIG on the unit to be purged.

PSIG on the unit to be purged.

[B0200][B0200][B0200]9.9.Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured. (OI-35)

Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured. (OI-35) 10.10.Key for the Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is available.

Key for the Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is available.

11.11.General Precaution 5.0.O has been reviewed.

General Precaution 5.0.O has been reviewed.

B.B.B.Procedure Procedure Procedure 1.1.IF IF IF starting Containment Purge after it was temporarily secured, starting Containment Purge after it was temporarily secured, THEN THEN THEN CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT Chemistry to ensure Gaseous Waste Release Permit criteria Chemistry to ensure Gaseous Waste Release Permit criteria is still valid.

is still valid.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 10 of 40 Page 10 of 40 Page 10 of 40 6.2.B 6.2.B6.2.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 2.2.IF IF IF the Equipment Hatch is shut the Equipment Hatch is shut OR OR OR if installed, the Containment Outage Door is if installed, the Containment Outage Door is shut, shut, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:a.a.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision that the PAL screen door will be Radiation Safety Supervision that the PAL screen door will bemaintained open during containment purge operation.

maintained open during containment purge operation.b.b.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE the PAL screen door is secured in the full open position the PAL screen door is secured in the full open position OR OR OR is isNOT NOT NOT installed.

installed.c.c.IF IF IF the PAL screen door is installed, the PAL screen door is installed, THEN THEN THEN ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE a DANGER sign is posted to maintain the PAL screen door a DANGER sign is posted to maintain the PAL screen dooropen.open.The sign shall warn that differential pressures caused by Containment The sign shall warn that differential pressures caused by ContainmentPurge may cause personnel injury while shutting the door, if shut the Purge may cause personnel injury while shutting the door, if shut thedoor may not be able to be reopened for personnel access.

door may not be able to be reopened for personnel access. NOTE NOTE NOTE APPENDIX 1, APPENDIX 1, NORMAL CONTAINMENT PURGE INITIATION FLOWPATH NORMAL CONTAINMENT PURGE INITIATION FLOWPATH may be may beused as an aid when aligning containment purge.

used as an aid when aligning containment purge. NOTE NOTE NOTE All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit to be purged.

All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit to be purged.

3.3.PLACE PLACE PLACE the following handswitches in OPEN, to open Containment Purge the following handswitches in OPEN, to open Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Valves:

Supply and Exhaust Valves:CAUTION CAUTION CAUTIONWhen purging with the Equipment Hatch open When purging with the Equipment Hatch open AND AND AND if installed, the Containment Outage if installed, the Containment OutageDoor (COD) open, the Butler Building rolling door must be open at least 2 feet before Door (COD) open, the Butler Building rolling door must be open at least 2 feet beforestarting the Purge Exhaust Fan, to prevent collapse of the door.

starting the Purge Exhaust Fan, to prevent collapse of the door.

4.4.IF IF IF the Equipment Hatch is open the Equipment Hatch is open AND AND AND if installed, the Containment Outage Door if installed, the Containment Outage Door is open, is open, THEN THEN THEN ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE that the Butler Building rolling door is open at least two feet.

that the Butler Building rolling door is open at least two feet.

5.5.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision that the plant will be initiating a Radiation Safety Supervision that the plant will be initiating a containment purge.

containment purge.

6.6.ENTER ENTER ENTER Containment Purge alarm values from the Gaseous Waste Release Containment Purge alarm values from the Gaseous Waste Release Permit in the Plant Computer.

Permit in the Plant Computer.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 11 of 40 Page 11 of 40 Page 11 of 40 6.2.B 6.2.B6.2.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE If the PAL interlocks are defeated with the Equipment Hatch installed If the PAL interlocks are defeated with the Equipment Hatch installed OR OR OR if installed, if installed,the Containment Outage Door is shut, then SFP Ventilation is inoperable when the the Containment Outage Door is shut, then SFP Ventilation is inoperable when thePurge Exhaust fan is started. SFP Ventilation will be inoperable until the Purge Purge Exhaust fan is started. SFP Ventilation will be inoperable until the PurgeSupply fan is started.

Supply fan is started. Containment Purge Exhaust Fan will trip if purge air supply temperature lowers to Containment Purge Exhaust Fan will trip if purge air supply temperature lowers to40 40F. The Containment Purge Supply Fan will trip when the Containment Purge F. The Containment Purge Supply Fan will trip when the Containment PurgeExhaust Fan trips.

Exhaust Fan trips.

7.7.PLACE PLACE PLACE CNTMT PURGE EXH FAN, 1(2)-HS-5289 in START to start CNTMT PURGE EXH FAN, 1(2)-HS-5289 in START to start Containment Purge Exhaust Fan and begin purging.

Containment Purge Exhaust Fan and begin purging.

8.8.CHECK CHECK CHECK Purge Exhaust roughing-HEPA filter combined Purge Exhaust roughing-HEPA filter combined P less than 2.5 inches P less than 2.5 inches H H 2 2 O using local gauge PDIS-5289.

O using local gauge PDIS-5289.

9.9.IF IF IF filter filter P is 2.5 inches H P is 2.5 inches H 2 2 O or more, O or more, THEN THEN THEN SUBMIT SUBMIT SUBMIT an issue report to have filters replaced, an issue report to have filters replaced, AND AND AND CONSIDER CONSIDER CONSIDER securing flow through the purge exhaust line.

securing flow through the purge exhaust line.

10.10.Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE EXH AIR OPERATED DAMPER, CNTMT PURGE EXH AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5289-DAMP, is 1(2)-CPA-5289-DAMP, is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by verifying the piston operator is fully by verifying the piston operator is fully extended (~3.5 in.).

extended (~3.5 in.).

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 12 of 40 Page 12 of 40 Page 12 of 40 6.2.B 6.2.B6.2.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 11.11.IF IF IF the Equipment Hatch is shut the Equipment Hatch is shut OR OR OR if installed, the Containment Outage Door is if installed, the Containment Outage Door is shut, shut, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.IF IF IF Containment Closure Containment Closure IS IS to be maintained to be maintained OR OR OR it is desired to run the it is desired to run the Purge Supply Fan, Purge Supply Fan, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

(1)(1)IF IF IF Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45 Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45F, F, THEN THEN THEN ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE plant heating is aligned to Purge Supply Fan plant heating is aligned to Purge Supply Fan PER PER PER APPENDIX 2, APPENDIX 2, PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PURGE. . [B0782][B0782][B0782](a)(a)IF IF IF plant heating is plant heating is NOT NOT NOT available, available, THEN THEN THEN Purge operation is not allowable.

Purge operation is not allowable. NOTE NOTE NOTE The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231 The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231(52-20231).

(52-20231).

(2)(2)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE, 1(2)-HS-5290A, is in Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE, 1(2)-HS-5290A, is in NORMAL.NORMAL.(3)(3)PLACE PLACE PLACE CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, to START.

CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, to START.

(4)(4)Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).

extended (~3.5 in.).1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO1(2)-CPA-5294-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO (5)(5)Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).

OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 13 of 40 Page 13 of 40 Page 13 of 40 6.2.B.11 6.2.B.116.2.B.11Procedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) b.b.IF IF IF desired to align air flow thru the supply duct without the Supply Fan desired to align air flow thru the supply duct without the Supply Fan running, running, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

(1)(1)IF IF IF Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45 Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45F, F, THEN THEN THEN ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE plant heating is aligned to Purge Supply Fan plant heating is aligned to Purge Supply Fan PER PER PER APPENDIX 2, APPENDIX 2, PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PURGE. . [B0782][B0782][B0782](a)(a)IF IF IF plant heating is plant heating is NOT NOT NOT available, available, THEN THEN THEN Purge operation is not allowable.

Purge operation is not allowable. NOTE NOTE NOTE The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.

The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position. The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231 The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231(52-20231).

(52-20231).

(2)(2)PLACE PLACE PLACE Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE, 1(2)-HS-5290A, in Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE, 1(2)-HS-5290A, in TEST/ALT PURGE.

TEST/ALT PURGE.

(3)(3)PLACE PLACE PLACE CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, in START CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, in START AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).

extended (~3.5 in.).1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO1(2)-CPA-5294-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-POLocally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).

OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO (4)(4)CHECK CHECK CHECK the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.

the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 14 of 40 Page 14 of 40 Page 14 of 40 6.2.B 6.2.B6.2.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 12.12.IF IF IF the Equipment Hatch is open the Equipment Hatch is open AND AND AND if installed, the Containment Outage Door if installed, the Containment Outage Door is open, is open, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.IF IF IF Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45 Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45F, F, THEN THEN THEN ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE plant heating is aligned to Purge Supply Fan plant heating is aligned to Purge Supply Fan PER PER PER APPENDIX 2, APPENDIX 2, PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PURGE. . [B0782][B0782][B0782](1)(1)IF IF IF plant heating is plant heating is NOT NOT NOT available, available, THEN THEN THEN Purge operation is not allowable.

Purge operation is not allowable. NOTE NOTE NOTE To maintain a negative pressure in the containment, the Purge Supply fan is not normally To maintain a negative pressure in the containment, the Purge Supply fan is not normallyoperated with an air path out of the containment.

operated with an air path out of the containment.

b.b.IF IF IF desired to run the CNTMT Purge Supply Fan, desired to run the CNTMT Purge Supply Fan, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

(1)(1)VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY Radiation Safety Supervisor and Chemistry are informed and Radiation Safety Supervisor and Chemistry are informed and concur that Purge Supply Fan is to be started.

concur that Purge Supply Fan is to be started.

(2)(2)PLACE PLACE PLACE CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, to START.

CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, to START.

(3)(3)Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).

extended (~3.5 in.).1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO1(2)-CPA-5294-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO (4)(4)Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).

OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 15 of 40 Page 15 of 40 Page 15 of 40 6.2.B.12 6.2.B.126.2.B.12Procedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) c.c.IF IF IF desired to align air flow thru the supply duct without the Supply Fan desired to align air flow thru the supply duct without the Supply Fan running, running, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following: NOTE NOTE NOTE The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.

The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position. The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231 The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231(52-20231).

(52-20231).

(1)(1)PLACE PLACE PLACE Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE, 1(2)-HS-5290A, in Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE, 1(2)-HS-5290A, in TEST/ALT PURGE.

TEST/ALT PURGE.

(2)(2)PLACE PLACE PLACE CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290 in START CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290 in START AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).

extended (~3.5 in.).1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO1(2)-CPA-5294-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-POLocally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).

OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO (3)(3)CHECK CHECK CHECK the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.

the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.

d.d.IF IF IF air flow will air flow will NOT NOT NOT be aligned thru the supply duct, be aligned thru the supply duct, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

(1)(1)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE that the Butler Building Door is open at least 2 feet.

that the Butler Building Door is open at least 2 feet.

(2)(2)TAG TAG TAG the following on the affected Unit:

the following on the affected Unit:Butler Building Door handswitch to prevent inadvertent operation of Butler Building Door handswitch to prevent inadvertent operation of the door the doorButler Building Door breaker OPEN Butler Building Door breaker OPEN 13.13.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE keys are controlled keys are controlled PER PER PER NO-1-110, CALVERT CLIFFS NO-1-110, CALVERT CLIFFS KEY AND LOCK CONTROL.

KEY AND LOCK CONTROL.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 16 of 40 Page 16 of 40 Page 16 of 40 6.2.B 6.2.B6.2.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 14.14.UPDATE UPDATE UPDATE Discharge permit.

Discharge permit.

        • END ****
        • END ****
        • END ****

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 17 of 40 Page 17 of 40 Page 17 of 40 6.3 6.36.3STARTING A POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT STARTING A POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT STARTING A POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT A.A.A.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions 1.1.RCS temperature is less than 200 RCS temperature is less than 200F on the unit to be vented.

F on the unit to be vented.

2.2.Section 6.1 has been completed for the unit to be vented.

Section 6.1 has been completed for the unit to be vented.

3.3.One Main Exhaust Fan is in operation on the unit to be vented.

One Main Exhaust Fan is in operation on the unit to be vented.

4.4.Main Vent Gaseous Radiation Monitor RI-5415 is in operation on the unit to be Main Vent Gaseous Radiation Monitor RI-5415 is in operation on the unit to be vented, vented, OR OR OR appropriate compensatory action has been taken appropriate compensatory action has been taken PER PER PER ODCM ODCM Controls 3.3.3.9. (OI-35)

Controls 3.3.3.9. (OI-35) 5.5.An approved Gaseous Waste Release Permit for containment purge has been An approved Gaseous Waste Release Permit for containment purge has been received from Chemistry.

received from Chemistry.

6.6.Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending containment vent.

Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending containment vent.

7.7.IF IF IF moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, THEN THEN THEN all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7)

C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7) 8.8.Containment pressure is greater than 0.10 and less than 0.30 PSIG on the unit Containment pressure is greater than 0.10 and less than 0.30 PSIG on the unit to be vented.

to be vented.

[B0200][B0200][B0200]9.9.Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured. (OI-35)

Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured. (OI-35) 10.10.Key for the Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch has been obtained.

Key for the Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch has been obtained.

B.B.B.Procedure Procedure Procedure NOTE NOTE NOTE All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit to be vented.

All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit to be vented.

1.1.IF IF IF available, available, THEN THEN THEN PLACE PLACE PLACE Containment Pressure (P5308) on a computer pen recorder.

Containment Pressure (P5308) on a computer pen recorder.

2.2.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision that the plant will be initiating a Radiation Safety Supervision that the plant will be initiating a containment vent.

containment vent. NOTE NOTE NOTE The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.

The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position. The Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10311 The Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10311(52-20311).

(52-20311).

3.3.PLACE PLACE PLACE Purge Exh Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5289A, in Purge Exh Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5289A, in TEST/ALT PURGE.

TEST/ALT PURGE.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 18 of 40 Page 18 of 40 Page 18 of 40 6.3.B 6.3.B6.3.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 4.4.PLACE PLACE PLACE handswitch CNTMT PURGE EXH FAN, 1(2)-HS-5289, in START handswitch CNTMT PURGE EXH FAN, 1(2)-HS-5289, in START AND AND AND Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE EXH AIR OPERATED DAMPER, CNTMT PURGE EXH AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5289-DAMP, is 1(2)-CPA-5289-DAMP, is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by verifying the piston operator is fully by verifying the piston operator is fully extended (~3.5 in.).

extended (~3.5 in.).

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.

the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.

5.5.PLACE PLACE PLACE the following handswitch in OPEN, to open Containment Purge Exhaust the following handswitch in OPEN, to open Containment Purge Exhaust Valve and begin venting.

Valve and begin venting.

6.6.CHECK CHECK CHECK Purge Exhaust roughing-HEPA filter combined Purge Exhaust roughing-HEPA filter combined P less than 2.5 inches P less than 2.5 inches H H 2 2 O using local gauge PDIS-5289.

O using local gauge PDIS-5289.

7.7.IF IF IF filter filter P is 2.5 inches H P is 2.5 inches H 2 2 O or more, O or more, THEN THEN THEN SUBMIT SUBMIT SUBMIT an issue report to have filters replaced, an issue report to have filters replaced, AND AND AND CONSIDER CONSIDER CONSIDER securing flow through the purge exhaust line.

securing flow through the purge exhaust line.

8.8.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE keys are controlled keys are controlled PER PER PER NO-1-110, CALVERT CLIFFS NO-1-110, CALVERT CLIFFS KEY AND LOCK CONTROL.

KEY AND LOCK CONTROL.

9.9.WHEN WHEN WHEN containment pressure lowers to 0.10 PSIG, containment pressure lowers to 0.10 PSIG, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP venting venting PER PER PER Section 6.5.

Section 6.5.

10.10.UPDATE UPDATE UPDATE Discharge permit.

Discharge permit.

        • END ****
        • END ****
        • END ****

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 19 of 40 Page 19 of 40 Page 19 of 40 6.4 6.46.4STARTING A NEGATIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT STARTING A NEGATIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT STARTING A NEGATIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT A.A.A.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions 1.1.RCS temperature is less than 200 RCS temperature is less than 200F on the unit to be vented.

F on the unit to be vented.

2.2.Section 6.1 has been completed for the unit to be vented.

Section 6.1 has been completed for the unit to be vented.

3.3.Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending containment vent.

Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending containment vent.

4.4.IF IF IF moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, THEN THEN THEN all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7)

C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7) 5.5.Containment pressure is between (-)0.10 and (-)0.30 PSIG on the unit to be Containment pressure is between (-)0.10 and (-)0.30 PSIG on the unit to be vented. vented. [B0200][B0200][B0200]6.6.Keys for the Purge Supp & Exh Fans Test/Alt Purge handswitches have been Keys for the Purge Supp & Exh Fans Test/Alt Purge handswitches have been obtained.obtained. NOTE NOTE NOTE A Gaseous Waste Release Permit is not required for a negative pressure vent of A Gaseous Waste Release Permit is not required for a negative pressure vent ofcontainment. To prevent activity release, venting is stopped when containment pressure containment. To prevent activity release, venting is stopped when containment pressurerises to (-)0.1 PSIG, to keep containment pressure negative.

rises to (-)0.1 PSIG, to keep containment pressure negative.

B.B.B.Procedure Procedure Procedure 1.1.IF IF IF available, available, THEN THEN THEN PLACE PLACE PLACE Containment Pressure (P5308) on a computer pen recorder.

Containment Pressure (P5308) on a computer pen recorder.

2.2.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision that the plant will be initiating a Radiation Safety Supervision that the plant will be initiating a containment vent.

containment vent. NOTE NOTE NOTE The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.

The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position. The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231 The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231(52-20231).

(52-20231).

3.3.PLACE PLACE PLACE Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5290A, in Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5290A, in TEST/ALT PURGE.

TEST/ALT PURGE.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 20 of 40 Page 20 of 40 Page 20 of 40 6.4.B 6.4.B6.4.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.

The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position. The Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10311 The Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10311(52-20311).

(52-20311).

4.4.PLACE PLACE PLACE Purge Exh Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5289A, in Purge Exh Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5289A, in TEST/ALT PURGE.

TEST/ALT PURGE. NOTE NOTE NOTE The Containment Purge Exhaust Fan handswitch is placed in START to satisfy the The Containment Purge Exhaust Fan handswitch is placed in START to satisfy theinterlock between the Supply and Exhaust Fans.

interlock between the Supply and Exhaust Fans.

5.5.PLACE PLACE PLACE handswitch CNTMT PURGE EXH FAN, 1(2)-HS-5289, in START.

handswitch CNTMT PURGE EXH FAN, 1(2)-HS-5289, in START.

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.

the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.

6.6.PLACE PLACE PLACE handswitch CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, in START handswitch CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, in START AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by verifying by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).

INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO1(2)-CPA-5294-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO b.b.Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).

OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO c.c.CHECK CHECK CHECK the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.

the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.

7.7.PLACE PLACE PLACE the following handswitch in OPEN, to open Containment Purge Supply the following handswitch in OPEN, to open Containment Purge Supply Valve and begin venting:

Valve and begin venting:

8.8.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE keys are controlled keys are controlled PER PER PER NO-1-110, CALVERT CLIFFS NO-1-110, CALVERT CLIFFS KEY AND LOCK CONTROL.

KEY AND LOCK CONTROL.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 21 of 40 Page 21 of 40 Page 21 of 40 6.4.B 6.4.B6.4.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 9.9.WHEN WHEN WHEN containment pressure rises to (-)0.10 PSIG, containment pressure rises to (-)0.10 PSIG, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP venting venting PER PER PER Section 6.5.

Section 6.5.

        • END ****
        • END ****
        • END ****

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 22 of 40 Page 22 of 40 Page 22 of 40 6.5 6.56.5SECURING PURGING OR VENTING SECURING PURGING OR VENTING SECURING PURGING OR VENTING A.A.A.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions None None B.B.B.Procedure Procedure Procedure NOTE NOTE NOTE All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit being purged All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit being purgedor vented.

or vented.

1.1.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision and Chemistry that purging and venting Radiation Safety Supervision and Chemistry that purging and venting of containment will be secured.

of containment will be secured. NOTE NOTE NOTE If the PAL interlocks are defeated and the CNTMT Equipment hatch is installed If the PAL interlocks are defeated and the CNTMT Equipment hatch is installed OR OR OR if ifinstalled, the Containment Outage Door is shut, then SFP Ventilation is inoperable when installed, the Containment Outage Door is shut, then SFP Ventilation is inoperable whenthe Purge Supply fan is secured. SFP Ventilation will be inoperable until the Purge the Purge Supply fan is secured. SFP Ventilation will be inoperable until the PurgeExhaust fan is secured.

Exhaust fan is secured.

2.2.IF IF IF CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, is in START, CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, is in START, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.PLACE PLACE PLACE 1(2)-HS-5290 in STOP.

1(2)-HS-5290 in STOP. NOTE NOTE NOTE The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231 The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231(52-20231).

(52-20231).

b.b.IF IF IF the Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5290A, is in the Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5290A, is in TEST/ALT PURGE, TEST/ALT PURGE, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

(1)(1)PLACE PLACE PLACE TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5290A, in NORMAL.

TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5290A, in NORMAL.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 23 of 40 Page 23 of 40 Page 23 of 40 6.5.B 6.5.B6.5.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 3.3.IF IF IF CNTMT PURGE EXH FAN, 1(2)-HS-5289, is in START, CNTMT PURGE EXH FAN, 1(2)-HS-5289, is in START, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.PLACE PLACE PLACE 1(2)-HS-5289 in STOP.

1(2)-HS-5289 in STOP. NOTE NOTE NOTE The Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10311 The Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10311(52-20311).

(52-20311).

b.b.IF IF IF the Purge Exh Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5289A, is in the Purge Exh Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5289A, is in TEST/ALT PURGE, TEST/ALT PURGE, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

(1)(1)PLACE PLACE PLACE TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5289A, in NORMAL.

TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5289A, in NORMAL.

4.4.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE keys are controlled keys are controlled PER PER PER NO-1-110, CALVERT CLIFFS KEY NO-1-110, CALVERT CLIFFS KEY AND LOCK CONTROL.

AND LOCK CONTROL.

5.5.IF IF IF Containment Purge Supply Fan was running, Containment Purge Supply Fan was running, THEN THEN THEN ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE fan is stopped.

fan is stopped.

a.a.Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL FULL FULL SHUT SHUT SHUT by verifying by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully retracted.

INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully retracted.1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO1(2)-CPA-5294-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO b.b.Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL FULL FULL SHUT SHUT SHUT by by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully retracted.

OPERATORs are fully retracted.1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO 6.6.IF IF IF Containment Purge Exhaust Fan was running, Containment Purge Exhaust Fan was running, THEN THEN THEN ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE fan is stopped.

fan is stopped.

a.a.Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE EXH AIR OPERATED DAMPER, CNTMT PURGE EXH AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5289-DAMP, is 1(2)-CPA-5289-DAMP, is FULL FULL FULL SHUT SHUT SHUT by verifying the piston operator is fully by verifying the piston operator is fully retracted.

retracted.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 24 of 40 Page 24 of 40 Page 24 of 40 6.5.B 6.5.B6.5.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 7.7.IF IF IF any of the following handswitches are in OPEN, any of the following handswitches are in OPEN, THEN THEN THEN PLACE PLACE PLACE them in CLOSE, to shut Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust them in CLOSE, to shut Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Valves: Valves:

8.8.IF IF IF plant heating is in service to Purge Supply Fan plant heating is in service to Purge Supply Fan AND AND AND Purge is being secured Purge is being secured (end of outage), (end of outage), THEN THEN THEN SECURE SECURE SECURE plant heating to the fan plant heating to the fan PER PER PER APPENDIX 2, APPENDIX 2, PLANT HEATING PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE (N/A if Purge is temporarily (N/A if Purge is temporarily secured).secured).9.9.UPDATE UPDATE UPDATE Discharge permit.

Discharge permit.

        • END ****
        • END ****
        • END ****

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 25 of 40 Page 25 of 40 Page 25 of 40 6.6 6.66.6CONTAINMENT POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT VIA THE NORMAL SUMP CONTAINMENT POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT VIA THE NORMAL SUMP CONTAINMENT POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT VIA THE NORMAL SUMP A.A.A.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions 1.1.Containment purge permit approved by Chemistry.

Containment purge permit approved by Chemistry.

2.2.Containment purge is Containment purge is NOT NOT NOT available to perform a positive vent.

available to perform a positive vent.

3.3.Movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment are Movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment are NOT NOT NOT being being performed.

performed.

4.4.Unit is in Mode 5 or 6.

Unit is in Mode 5 or 6.

5.5.Tech Specs Tech Specs AND AND AND NO-1-114 allow containment closure deviations.

NO-1-114 allow containment closure deviations.

6.6.Radiation Safety Supervision has evaluated venting containment to the ECCS Radiation Safety Supervision has evaluated venting containment to the ECCS Pump Room for radiological concerns.

Pump Room for radiological concerns.

7.7.Approved Contingency Plan with Radiation Safety Supervision to enter the Approved Contingency Plan with Radiation Safety Supervision to enter the ECCS Pump Room if neccessary to restore the plant to normal operating ECCS Pump Room if neccessary to restore the plant to normal operating conditions, such as restoring SDC to operation. Plan should include time to boil conditions, such as restoring SDC to operation. Plan should include time to boil calculations versus estimated time to enter room.

calculations versus estimated time to enter room.

8.8.Opposite train LPSI Pump is available when SDC is in operation, if the ECCS Opposite train LPSI Pump is available when SDC is in operation, if the ECCS Pump Room doors will be locked shut.

Pump Room doors will be locked shut.

B.B.B.Procedure Procedure Procedure 1.1.IF IF IF DIRECTED DIRECTED DIRECTED by Radiation Safety Supervision, by Radiation Safety Supervision, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK the temporary duct has been installed from the ECCS Pump Room the temporary duct has been installed from the ECCS Pump Room sump cover to the inlet of the ECCS Pump Room ventilation system.

sump cover to the inlet of the ECCS Pump Room ventilation system.

b.b.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY ECCS Pump Room ventilation system is in service ECCS Pump Room ventilation system is in service PER PER PER OI-22C. OI-22C.c.c.PLACE PLACE PLACE the ECCS Pump Room charcoal filter in service the ECCS Pump Room charcoal filter in service PER PER PER OI-22C OI-22C d.d.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision to Radiation Safety Supervision to SHUT SHUT SHUT AND AND AND LOCK LOCK LOCK BOTH BOTH BOTH doors on doors on affected U-1 (U-2) West ECCS Pump Room until air is sampled after affected U-1 (U-2) West ECCS Pump Room until air is sampled after venting.venting.e.e.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY affected doors are affected doors are LOCKED LOCKED LOCKED SHUT SHUT SHUT..2.2.OBTAIN OBTAIN OBTAIN key key AND AND AND OPEN OPEN OPEN the following valves:

the following valves:CONTAINMENT NORMAL SUMP DRAIN, 1-EAD-5462 CONTAINMENT NORMAL SUMP DRAIN, 1-EAD-5462CONTAINMENT NORMAL SUMP DRAIN, 1-EAD-5463 CONTAINMENT NORMAL SUMP DRAIN, 1-EAD-5463 OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 26 of 40 Page 26 of 40 Page 26 of 40 6.6.B 6.6.B6.6.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 3.3.WHEN WHEN WHEN the desired Containment pressure has been obtained, the desired Containment pressure has been obtained, THEN THEN THEN SHUT SHUT SHUT the following valves:

the following valves:CONTAINMENT NORMAL SUMP DRAIN, 1-EAD-5462 CONTAINMENT NORMAL SUMP DRAIN, 1-EAD-5462CONTAINMENT NORMAL SUMP DRAIN, 1-EAD-5463 CONTAINMENT NORMAL SUMP DRAIN, 1-EAD-5463 4.4.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY Chemistry that the Containment Vent is secured.

Chemistry that the Containment Vent is secured.

5.5.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE keys are controlled keys are controlled PER PER PER NO-1-110, CALVERT CLIFFS NO-1-110, CALVERT CLIFFS KEY AND LOCK CONTROL.

KEY AND LOCK CONTROL.

6.6.APPROXIMATELY APPROXIMATELY APPROXIMATELY four hours after securing the vent, four hours after securing the vent, OR OR OR when the respective ECCS Pump Room RMS levels are normal, when the respective ECCS Pump Room RMS levels are normal, THEN THEN THEN NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision to sample the respective ECCS Radiation Safety Supervision to sample the respective ECCS Pump Room for activity.

Pump Room for activity.

7.7.WHEN WHEN WHEN notified by Radiation Safety Supervision that normal access is allowed, notified by Radiation Safety Supervision that normal access is allowed, THEN THEN THEN:: a.a.BYPASS BYPASS BYPASS the respective ECCS Charcoal Filter the respective ECCS Charcoal Filter AND AND AND LOG LOG LOG run times in the run times in the Charcoal Filter log.

Charcoal Filter log.

b.b.DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT Radiation Safety Supervision to UNLOCK the ECCS Pump Room Radiation Safety Supervision to UNLOCK the ECCS Pump Room doors.doors.c.c.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY ECCS Pump Room doors are UNLOCKED.

ECCS Pump Room doors are UNLOCKED.

        • END ****
        • END ****
        • END ****

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 27 of 40 Page 27 of 40 Page 27 of 40 6.7 6.76.7STARTING AN ALTERNATE PURGE OF CONTAINMENT STARTING AN ALTERNATE PURGE OF CONTAINMENT STARTING AN ALTERNATE PURGE OF CONTAINMENT A.A.A.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions 1.1.RCS temperature is less than 200 RCS temperature is less than 200F on the unit to be purged.

F on the unit to be purged.

2.2.Section 6.1 has been completed for the unit to be purged.

Section 6.1 has been completed for the unit to be purged.

3.3.One Main Exhaust Fan is in operation on the unit to be purged.

One Main Exhaust Fan is in operation on the unit to be purged.

4.4.Main Vent Gaseous Radiation Monitor RI-5415 is in operation on the unit to be Main Vent Gaseous Radiation Monitor RI-5415 is in operation on the unit to be purged, purged, OR OR OR appropriate compensatory action has been taken appropriate compensatory action has been taken PER PER PER ODCM ODCM Controls 3.3.3.9.

Controls 3.3.3.9.

5.5.An approved Gaseous Waste Release Permit for containment purge has been An approved Gaseous Waste Release Permit for containment purge has been received from Chemistry.

received from Chemistry.

6.6.Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending containment purge.

Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending containment purge.

7.7.IF IF IF performing movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, performing movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, THEN THEN THEN all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7)

C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7) NOTE NOTE NOTE If Containment pressure is greater than 0.30 PSIG or less than (-)0.30 PSIG, then the If Containment pressure is greater than 0.30 PSIG or less than (-)0.30 PSIG, then theH H 2 2 Purge system must be used.

Purge system must be used.

8.8.Containment pressure is no less than (-)0.30 PSIG and no greater than 0.30 Containment pressure is no less than (-)0.30 PSIG and no greater than 0.30 PSIG on the unit to be purged.

PSIG on the unit to be purged.

[B0200][B0200][B0200]9.9.Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured. (OI-35)

Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured. (OI-35) 10.10.Keys for the Purge Supp & Exh Fans Test/Alt Purge handswitches have been Keys for the Purge Supp & Exh Fans Test/Alt Purge handswitches have been obtained.obtained.B.B.B.Procedure Procedure Procedure NOTE NOTE NOTE All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit to be All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit to bevented.vented. The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.

The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position. The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231 The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231(52-20231).

(52-20231).

1.1.PLACE PLACE PLACE Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5290A, in Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5290A, in TEST/ALT PURGE.

TEST/ALT PURGE.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 28 of 40 Page 28 of 40 Page 28 of 40 6.7.B 6.7.B6.7.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.

The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position. The Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10311 The Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10311(52-20311).

(52-20311).

2.2.PLACE PLACE PLACE Purge Exh Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5289A, in Purge Exh Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5289A, in TEST/ALT PURGE.

TEST/ALT PURGE.

3.3.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision that the plant will be initiating an Radiation Safety Supervision that the plant will be initiating an alternate purge of containment.

alternate purge of containment.

4.4.ENTER ENTER ENTER Containment Purge alarm values from the Gaseous Waste Release Containment Purge alarm values from the Gaseous Waste Release Permit in the Plant Computer. (R5415A! U-1, R5415B! U-2)

Permit in the Plant Computer. (R5415A! U-1, R5415B! U-2) 5.5.IF IF IF Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45 Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45F, F, THEN THEN THEN ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE plant heating is aligned to Purge Supply Fan plant heating is aligned to Purge Supply Fan PER PER PER APPENDIX 2, APPENDIX 2, PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE. . [B0782][B0782][B0782]a.a.IF IF IF plant heating is plant heating is NOT NOT NOT available, available, THEN THEN THEN Purge operation is not allowable.

Purge operation is not allowable.

6.6.PLACE PLACE PLACE handswitch CNTMT PURGE EXH FAN, 1(2)-HS-5289, in START handswitch CNTMT PURGE EXH FAN, 1(2)-HS-5289, in START AND AND AND Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE EXH AIR OPERATED DAMPER, CNTMT PURGE EXH AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5289-DAMP, is 1(2)-CPA-5289-DAMP, is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by verifying the piston operator is fully by verifying the piston operator is fully extended (~3.5 in.).

extended (~3.5 in.).

a.a.CHECK CHECK CHECK the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.

the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 29 of 40 Page 29 of 40 Page 29 of 40 6.7.B 6.7.B6.7.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 7.7.PLACE PLACE PLACE handswitch CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, in START handswitch CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, in START AND AND AND PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by verifying by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).

INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO1(2)-CPA-5294-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO b.b.Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).

OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO c.c.CHECK CHECK CHECK the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.

the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.

8.8.PLACE PLACE PLACE the following handswitches in OPEN, to open Containment Purge the following handswitches in OPEN, to open Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Valves:

Supply and Exhaust Valves:

9.9.WHEN WHEN WHEN desired, desired, THEN THEN THEN STOP STOP STOP the Purge the Purge PER PER PER Section 6.5, Section 6.5, SECURING PURGING OR SECURING PURGING OR VENTING VENTING..10.10.UPDATE UPDATE UPDATE Discharge permit.

Discharge permit.

        • END ****
        • END ****
        • END ****

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 30 of 40 Page 30 of 40 Page 30 of 40 6.8 6.86.8STARTING/STOPPING THE PURGE SUPPLY FAN WHILE PURGE IS IN STARTING/STOPPING THE PURGE SUPPLY FAN WHILE PURGE IS IN STARTING/STOPPING THE PURGE SUPPLY FAN WHILE PURGE IS IN OPERATION OPERATION OPERATION A.A.A.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions 1.1.An approved Gaseous Waste Release Permit for containment purge alignment An approved Gaseous Waste Release Permit for containment purge alignment has been received from Chemistry.

has been received from Chemistry.

2.2.Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending containment purge Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending containment purge alignment.

alignment.

3.3.General Precautions have been reviewed.

General Precautions have been reviewed.

4.4.Containment Purge is in operation.

Containment Purge is in operation.

B.B.B.Procedure Procedure Procedure 1.1.IF IF IF desired to run the CNTMT Purge Supply Fan, desired to run the CNTMT Purge Supply Fan, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY Radiation Safety Supervisor and Chemistry are informed and Radiation Safety Supervisor and Chemistry are informed and concur that Purge Supply Fan is to be started.

concur that Purge Supply Fan is to be started.

b.b.IF IF IF Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45 Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45F, F, THEN THEN THEN ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE plant heating is aligned to Purge Supply Fan plant heating is aligned to Purge Supply Fan PER PER PER APPENDIX 2, APPENDIX 2, PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PURGE. . [B0782][B0782][B0782](1)(1)IF IF IF plant heating is plant heating is NOT NOT NOT available, available, THEN THEN THEN Purge operation is not allowable.

Purge operation is not allowable.

c.c.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the following handswitch CNTMT PURGE SUPP CPA-1410-CV the following handswitch CNTMT PURGE SUPP CPA-1410-CV 1(2)-HS-1410 in OPEN.

1(2)-HS-1410 in OPEN.

d.d.PLACE PLACE PLACE CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, to START.

CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, to START.

e.e.Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by verifying by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).

INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO1(2)-CPA-5294-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO f.f.Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL FULL FULL OPEN OPEN OPEN by by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).

OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 31 of 40 Page 31 of 40 Page 31 of 40 6.8.B 6.8.B6.8.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) NOTE NOTE NOTE If the PAL interlocks are defeated and the CNTMT Equipment hatch is installed If the PAL interlocks are defeated and the CNTMT Equipment hatch is installed OR OR OR if ifinstalled, the Containment Outage Door is shut, then SFP Ventilation is inoperable installed, the Containment Outage Door is shut, then SFP Ventilation is inoperablewhen the Purge Supply fan is secured. SFP Ventilation will be inoperable until the when the Purge Supply fan is secured. SFP Ventilation will be inoperable until thePurge Exhaust fan is secured.

Purge Exhaust fan is secured. Another suction flow path must be established if the Purge Supply fan was the only Another suction flow path must be established if the Purge Supply fan was the onlyflow path.

flow path.

2.2.IF IF IF it is desired to stop the CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, it is desired to stop the CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.IF IF IF air flow will air flow will NOT NOT NOT be aligned thru the supply duct, be aligned thru the supply duct, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:(N/A if the following:(N/A if NOT NOT NOT using as a flow path) using as a flow path)

(1)(1)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE that the Butler Building Door is open at least 2 feet.

that the Butler Building Door is open at least 2 feet.

(2)(2)TAG TAG TAG the following on the affected Unit:

the following on the affected Unit:Butler Building Door handswitch to prevent inadvertent operation of Butler Building Door handswitch to prevent inadvertent operation of the door the doorButler Building Door breaker OPEN Butler Building Door breaker OPEN b.b.PLACE PLACE PLACE 1(2)-HS-5290 in STOP.

1(2)-HS-5290 in STOP.

c.c.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE fan is stopped.

fan is stopped.

d.d.Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL FULL FULL SHUT SHUT SHUT by verifying by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully retracted.

INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully retracted.1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO1(2)-CPA-5294-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO e.e.Locally Locally VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL FULL FULL SHUT SHUT SHUT by by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully retracted.

OPERATORs are fully retracted.1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO f.f.IF IF IF desired, desired, THEN THEN THEN PLACE, CNTMT PURGE SUPP CPA-1410-CV 1(2)-HS-1410 in PLACE, CNTMT PURGE SUPP CPA-1410-CV 1(2)-HS-1410 in CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE..

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 32 of 40 Page 32 of 40 Page 32 of 40 6.8.B 6.8.B6.8.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 3.3.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision and Chemistry what the purge alignment Radiation Safety Supervision and Chemistry what the purge alignment is currently.

is currently.

4.4.UPDATE UPDATE UPDATE Discharge permit.

Discharge permit.

        • END ****
        • END ****
        • END ****

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 33 of 40 Page 33 of 40 Page 33 of 40 6.9 6.96.9CYCLE CONTAINMENT PURGE CVsTO CHECK OPERATION OF SVs CYCLE CONTAINMENT PURGE CVsTO CHECK OPERATION OF SVs CYCLE CONTAINMENT PURGE CVsTO CHECK OPERATION OF SVs (PE 1/2-60-01-O-SA)(PE 1/2-60-01-O-SA)(PE 1/2-60-01-O-SA)

A.A.A.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions 1.1.Power is aligned to the SVs.

Power is aligned to the SVs.

2.2.Containment Purge is Containment Purge is NOT NOT NOT in operation.

in operation.

B.B.B.Procedure Procedure Procedure NOTE NOTE NOTE Verification of Flanges may be an administrative verification unless condition of Blank Verification of Flanges may be an administrative verification unless condition of BlankFlange is uncertain. If uncertain, confirmation of its condition shall be performed locally.

Flange is uncertain. If uncertain, confirmation of its condition shall be performed locally.

1.1.IF IF IF the Unit is in Modes 1-4, the Unit is in Modes 1-4, THEN THEN THEN VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the Containment Purge Blank Flanges are installed to maintain the Containment Purge Blank Flanges are installed to maintain closure closure PER PER PER STP 0-55.

STP 0-55.

2.2.IF IF IF the Unit is in Modes 5-6, the Unit is in Modes 5-6, THEN THEN THEN VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the following:

the following:IF IF IF Containment Closure is required, Containment Closure is required, THEN THEN THEN VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY that Containment Closure will be met during the CV strokes that Containment Closure will be met during the CV strokes OR OR OR a Containment Closure deviation is allowed a Containment Closure deviation is allowed AND AND AND tracked tracked PER PER PER NO-1-114.

NO-1-114.IF IF IF Tech Spec 3.9.3, Containment Penetrations is applicable, Tech Spec 3.9.3, Containment Penetrations is applicable, THEN THEN THEN VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY that necessary Tech Spec conditions are met.

that necessary Tech Spec conditions are met. NOTE NOTE NOTE The Containment Purge CVs are stroked for 2 reasons.

The Containment Purge CVs are stroked for 2 reasons.First; To periodically cycle the SVs associated with the CVs. These SVs have First; To periodically cycle the SVs associated with the CVs. These SVs haveperiodically had issues with binding because they have previously remained in the same periodically had issues with binding because they have previously remained in the sameposition for two years.

position for two years.Second; To confirm their status prior to outage use.

Second; To confirm their status prior to outage use.

3.3.OPEN OPEN OPEN Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Valves by placing the desired Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Valves by placing the desired Unit handswitches in open:

Unit handswitches in open:

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 34 of 40 Page 34 of 40 Page 34 of 40 6.9.B 6.9.B6.9.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 4.4.CHECK CHECK CHECK for full open indication.

for full open indication.

5.5.CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE the Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Valves by placing the the Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Valves by placing the desired Unit handswitches to shut:

desired Unit handswitches to shut:

6.6.CHECK CHECK CHECK for full closed indication.

for full closed indication.

7.7.IF IF IF full open full open OR OR OR full closed indication is full closed indication is NOT NOT NOT received, received, THEN THEN THEN SUBMIT SUBMIT SUBMIT an Issue Report.

an Issue Report.

        • END ****
        • END ****
        • END ****

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 35 of 40 Page 35 of 40 Page 35 of 40 6.10 6.106.10POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT VIA UNMONITORED POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT VIA UNMONITORED POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT VIA UNMONITORED RELEASE PATHS RELEASE PATHS RELEASE PATHS A.A.A.Initial Conditions Initial Conditions Initial Conditions 1.1.Unit-1 is in Mode 5, 6 or Defueled.

Unit-1 is in Mode 5, 6 or Defueled.

2.2.Containment purge is Containment purge is NOT NOT NOT available to perform a positive vent.

available to perform a positive vent.

3.3.IF IF IF using ILRT Pressurization penetration 50, using ILRT Pressurization penetration 50, THEN THEN THEN Unit-1 ILRT valve indications are energized at panel in Cable Spreading Unit-1 ILRT valve indications are energized at panel in Cable Spreading Room Room 4.4.Containment pressure between 0 and +2.0 psig.

Containment pressure between 0 and +2.0 psig.

5.5.Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending positive pressure Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending positive pressure vent alignment.

vent alignment.

6.6.An approved Gaseous Waste Release Permit for containment vent via desired An approved Gaseous Waste Release Permit for containment vent via desired Penetration(s) has been received from Chemistry.

Penetration(s) has been received from Chemistry.

7.7.Movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment are Movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment are NOT NOT NOT being being performed.

performed.

8.8.Tech Specs Tech Specs AND AND AND NO-1-114 allow containment closure deviations.

NO-1-114 allow containment closure deviations.

B.B.B.Procedure Procedure Procedure 1.1.IF IF IF desired to vent via ILRT Pressurization penetration 50, desired to vent via ILRT Pressurization penetration 50, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the following from inside Contaiment:

the following from inside Contaiment:

(1)(1)Blank Flange removed from Penetration 50 Blank Flange removed from Penetration 50 AND AND AND open to Containment open to Containment atmosphere.

atmosphere.

(2)(2)NO NO NO debris in the area surrounding the vent opening.

debris in the area surrounding the vent opening.

b.b.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the following valves are shut:

the following valves are shut:UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT PRESSURIZATION HEADER UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT PRESSURIZATION HEADER DRAIN VLV, 1-ILRT-8 DRAIN VLV, 1-ILRT-8UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT CONTAINMENT ISOL MOV, UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT CONTAINMENT ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5524-MOV 1-ILRT-5524-MOVUNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT SKID ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5527-MOV UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT SKID ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5527-MOVUNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT MUFFLER ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5528-MOV UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT MUFFLER ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5528-MOV c.c.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY LOCKED SHUT UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT CONTAINMENT LOCKED SHUT UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT CONTAINMENT ISOL TEST CONNECTION, 1-ILRT-7.

ISOL TEST CONNECTION, 1-ILRT-7.

d.d.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY Penetration 50 Outside Containment Blank Flange removed Penetration 50 Outside Containment Blank Flange removed AND AND AND Spool Piece installed.

Spool Piece installed.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 36 of 40 Page 36 of 40 Page 36 of 40 6.10.B.1 6.10.B.16.10.B.1Procedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) e.e.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY Blank Flange removed downstream of UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT Blank Flange removed downstream of UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT MUFFLER ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5528-MOV.

ILRT MUFFLER ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5528-MOV.

f.f.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY Blank Flange removed downstream of UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT Blank Flange removed downstream of UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT MUFFLER ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5528-MOV.

ILRT MUFFLER ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5528-MOV.

g.g.FLAG-OFF FLAG-OFF FLAG-OFF area surrounding Vent for personnel protection.

area surrounding Vent for personnel protection.

h.h.OPEN OPEN OPEN UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT CONTAINMENT ISOL MOV, UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT CONTAINMENT ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5524-MOV.

1-ILRT-5524-MOV.

i.i.OPEN OPEN OPEN UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT MUFFLER ISOL MOV, UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT MUFFLER ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5528-MOV.

1-ILRT-5528-MOV.

j.j.UPDATE UPDATE UPDATE Discharge permit.

Discharge permit.

k.k.WHEN WHEN WHEN Containment Pressure is approximately 0 psig, Containment Pressure is approximately 0 psig, OR OR OR as desired, as desired, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

(1)(1)SHUT SHUT SHUT UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT MUFFLER ISOL MOV, UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT MUFFLER ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5528-MOV.

1-ILRT-5528-MOV.

(2)(2)SHUT SHUT SHUT UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT CONTAINMENT ISOL MOV, UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT CONTAINMENT ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5524-MOV.

1-ILRT-5524-MOV.

(3)(3)NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY Chemistry that the Containment Vent is secured Chemistry that the Containment Vent is secured AND AND AND UPDATE UPDATE UPDATE Discharge permit.

Discharge permit.

l.l.RESTORE RESTORE RESTORE Penetration 50 as desired.

Penetration 50 as desired.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 37 of 40 Page 37 of 40 Page 37 of 40 6.10.B 6.10.B6.10.BProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) 2.2.IF IF IF desired to vent via Containment Outage Door penetration(s), desired to vent via Containment Outage Door penetration(s), THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

a.a.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the following:

the following:

(1)(1)NO NO NO debris in the area surrounding the vent(s) opening.

debris in the area surrounding the vent(s) opening.

(2)(2)FLAG-OFF FLAG-OFF FLAG-OFF area surrounding Vent(s) for personnel protection.

area surrounding Vent(s) for personnel protection.

(3)(3)PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following to ensure a proper discharge path:

the following to ensure a proper discharge path: (a)(a)ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE that the Butler Building Door is open at least 2 feet.

that the Butler Building Door is open at least 2 feet.(b)(b)TAG TAG TAG the following on the affected Unit:

the following on the affected Unit:Butler Building Door handswitch to prevent inadvertent Butler Building Door handswitch to prevent inadvertent operation of the door operation of the doorButler Building Door breaker OPEN Butler Building Door breaker OPEN NOTE NOTE NOTE Locked Valves are controlled Locked Valves are controlled PER PER PER NO-1-205.

NO-1-205.

b.b.COMMENCE COMMENCE COMMENCE venting by performing the desired steps:

venting by performing the desired steps:

(1)(1)SLOWLY SLOWLY OPEN OPEN OPEN the following valves for COD penetration #3:

the following valves for COD penetration #3:CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUICE RIG PENETRATION #3 CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUICE RIG PENETRATION #3 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1003.

ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1003.CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUICE RIG PENETRATION #3 CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUICE RIG PENETRATION #3 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1004.

ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1004.

(2)(2)SLOWLY SLOWLY OPEN OPEN OPEN the following valves for COD penetration #6:

the following valves for COD penetration #6:CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE RETURN CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE RETURN PENETRATION #6 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1010.

PENETRATION #6 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1010.CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE RETURN CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE RETURN PENETRATION #6 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1009.

PENETRATION #6 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1009.

(3)(3)SLOWLY SLOWLY OPEN OPEN OPEN the following valves for COD penetration #12:

the following valves for COD penetration #12:CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR MISC SUPPLY PENETRATION CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR MISC SUPPLY PENETRATION

  1. 12 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1015.
  1. 12 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1015.CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR MISC SUPPLY PENETRATION CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR MISC SUPPLY PENETRATION
  1. 12 DRAIN VALVE, 1-CPI-1017.
  1. 12 DRAIN VALVE, 1-CPI-1017.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 38 of 40 Page 38 of 40 Page 38 of 40 6.10.B.2.b 6.10.B.2.b6.10.B.2.bProcedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued)

(4)(4)SLOWLY SLOWLY OPEN OPEN OPEN the following valves for COD penetration #13:

the following valves for COD penetration #13:CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE SUPPLY CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE SUPPLY PENET #13 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1018.

PENET #13 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1018.CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE SUPPLY CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE SUPPLY PENET #13 DRAIN VALVE, 1-CPI-1020.

PENET #13 DRAIN VALVE, 1-CPI-1020.

c.c.UPDATE UPDATE UPDATE Discharge permit.

Discharge permit.

d.d.WHEN WHEN WHEN Containment Pressure is approximately 0 psig, Containment Pressure is approximately 0 psig, OR OR OR as desired, as desired, THEN THEN THEN LOCK LOCK LOCK SHUT SHUT SHUT the open penetrations:

the open penetrations:

(1)(1)COD penetration #3:

COD penetration #3:CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUICE RIG PENETRATION #3 CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUICE RIG PENETRATION #3 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1003.

ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1003.CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUICE RIG PENETRATION #3 CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUICE RIG PENETRATION #3 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1004.

ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1004.

(2)(2)COD penetration #6:

COD penetration #6:CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE RETURN CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE RETURN PENETRATION #6 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1010.

PENETRATION #6 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1010.CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE RETURN CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE RETURN PENETRATION #6 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1009.

PENETRATION #6 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1009.

(3)(3)COD penetration #12:

COD penetration #12:CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR MISC SUPPLY PENETRATION CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR MISC SUPPLY PENETRATION

  1. 12 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1015.
  1. 12 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1015.CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR MISC SUPPLY PENETRATION CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR MISC SUPPLY PENETRATION
  1. 12 DRAIN VALVE, 1-CPI-1017.
  1. 12 DRAIN VALVE, 1-CPI-1017.

(4)(4)COD penetration #13:

COD penetration #13:CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE SUPPLY CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE SUPPLY PENET #13 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1018.

PENET #13 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1018.CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE SUPPLY CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE SUPPLY PENET #13 DRAIN VALVE, 1-CPI-1020.

PENET #13 DRAIN VALVE, 1-CPI-1020.

e.e.NOTIFY NOTIFY NOTIFY Chemistry that the Containment Vent is secured Chemistry that the Containment Vent is secured AND AND AND UPDATE UPDATE UPDATE Discharge permit.

Discharge permit.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 39 of 40 Page 39 of 40 Page 39 of 40 6.10.B.2 6.10.B.26.10.B.2Procedure Procedure Procedure (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) f.f.IF IF IF no longer needed as a proper discharge path:

no longer needed as a proper discharge path:

(1)(1)Clear the Tagout for the following on the affected Unit:

Clear the Tagout for the following on the affected Unit:Butler Building Door handswitch.

Butler Building Door handswitch.Butler Building Door breaker.

Butler Building Door breaker.

        • END ****
        • END ****
        • END ****

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 40 of 40 Page 40 of 40 Page 40 of 40 7.0 7.07.0POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES A.A.Upon completion of attachments, forward the original(s) to the Operations Upon completion of attachments, forward the original(s) to the Operations Senior Administrative Assistant for retention Senior Administrative Assistant for retention PER PER PER PR-3-100, Records PR-3-100, Records Management.

Management.

8.0 8.08.0BASES BASES BASES[B0055][B0055][B0055] 6/13/90 Letter - INPO Nuclear Network OE-3989 - Containment 6/13/90 Letter - INPO Nuclear Network OE-3989 - Containment pressure changes can affect Spent Fuel Pool and Refueling Pool pressure changes can affect Spent Fuel Pool and Refueling Pool levels during refueling.

levels during refueling.

[B0154][B0154][B0154] AOP/EOP cross reference AOP/EOP cross reference PER PER PER NUREG 1358:

NUREG 1358:

1. 1. AOP-7I, LOSS OF 4KV, 480 VOLT AOP-7I, LOSS OF 4KV, 480 VOLT OR OR OR 208/120 VOLT INSTRUMENT BUS 208/120 VOLT INSTRUMENT BUS POWER, Section titled FUEL AREA MCC 102F, refer to this OI for POWER, Section titled FUEL AREA MCC 102F, refer to this OI for instruction on restoring Containment Purge System to normal.

instruction on restoring Containment Purge System to normal.

[B0200][B0200][B0200] 9/28/93 Memo from T. Delaney, Plant Systems Engineering-9/28/93 Memo from T. Delaney, Plant Systems Engineering-recommends a maximum differential pressure of +/- 0.30 PSI for recommends a maximum differential pressure of +/- 0.30 PSI for operating the containment purge valves.

operating the containment purge valves.

[B0390][B0390][B0390] Memo dated 3/19/97: Results from ETP 97-014, which identifies a Memo dated 3/19/97: Results from ETP 97-014, which identifies a CNTMT Purge lineup that causes SFP Ventilation to be inoperable.

CNTMT Purge lineup that causes SFP Ventilation to be inoperable.

[B0782][B0782][B0782] ES200200008 evaluated lowering Containment Average Temperature ES200200008 evaluated lowering Containment Average Temperature to 45 to 45F. 45 F. 45F is applicable only when Unit is in Modes 5, 6, or F is applicable only when Unit is in Modes 5, 6, or defueled. When in Mode 6 or defueled, applicable with an RCS vent defueled. When in Mode 6 or defueled, applicable with an RCS vent path of at least 8 inch path of at least 8 inch 2 2 available.

available.

9.0 9.09.0RECORDS RECORDS RECORDS A.A.Records generated by this procedure shall be transferred to Records Records generated by this procedure shall be transferred to Records Management Management PER PER PER PR-3-100, Records Management.

PR-3-100, Records Management.

10.0 10.010.0ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENTS A.A.APPENDIX 1, APPENDIX 1, NORMAL CONTAINMENT PURGE INITIATION FLOWPATH NORMAL CONTAINMENT PURGE INITIATION FLOWPATH B.B.APPENDIX 2, APPENDIX 2, PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE C.C.ATTACHMENT 1A, ATTACHMENT 1A, CPA SYSTEM (UNIT 1)

CPA SYSTEM (UNIT 1)

D.D.ATTACHMENT 1B, ATTACHMENT 1B, CPA SYSTEM (UNIT 2)

CPA SYSTEM (UNIT 2)

E.E.ATTACHMENT 1C, ATTACHMENT 1C, CPA SYSTEM - U-1 CONTAINMENT VALVE CPA SYSTEM - U-1 CONTAINMENT VALVE ALIGNMENT ALIGNMENT F.F.ATTACHMENT 1D, ATTACHMENT 1D, CPA SYSTEM - U-2 CONTAINMENT VALVE CPA SYSTEM - U-2 CONTAINMENT VALVE ALIGNMENT ALIGNMENT OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 APPENDIX 1 APPENDIX 1 APPENDIX 1 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 Page 1 of 1 NORMAL CONTAINMENT PURGE INITIATION FLOWPATH NORMAL CONTAINMENT PURGE INITIATION FLOWPATH NORMAL CONTAINMENT PURGE INITIATION FLOWPATH

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 APPENDIX 2 APPENDIX 2 APPENDIX 2 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 1 of 4 Page 1 of 4 Page 1 of 4 PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE 1.1.IF IF IF it is desired to align Plant heating to Unit One Purge Supply fan, it is desired to align Plant heating to Unit One Purge Supply fan, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following: (N/A if not applicable) the following: (N/A if not applicable) a.a.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE Plant Heating is operating Plant Heating is operating PER PER PER OI-40. OI-40.b.b.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the following valves are SHUT:

the following valves are SHUT:11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-679.0-PH-679.11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-680.

11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-680.

c.c.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG OUTLET VLV, 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG OUTLET VLV, 0-PH-228, is OPEN.

0-PH-228, is OPEN.

d.d.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG BYPASS VLV, 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG BYPASS VLV, 0-PH-227, is OPEN.

0-PH-227, is OPEN.

e.e.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP DISCH 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP DISCH VLV, 0-PH-226, is OPEN.

VLV, 0-PH-226, is OPEN.

f.f.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP SUCT 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP SUCT VLV, 0-PH-224, is OPEN.

VLV, 0-PH-224, is OPEN.WARNING WARNING WARNINGPlant Heating is maintained at temperatures of 150 Plant Heating is maintained at temperatures of 150-200-200F. Caution must be taken when F. Caution must be taken whenventing coils of hot water.

venting coils of hot water.

g.g.IF IF IF needed to vent coils, needed to vent coils, THEN THEN THEN slowly slowly OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE 11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT 11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-680, until properly vented.

VLV, 0-PH-680, until properly vented.

h.h.START START START PURGE AIR SUPPLY UNIT 11, using 1-HS-6574.

PURGE AIR SUPPLY UNIT 11, using 1-HS-6574.

i.i.CHECK CHECK CHECK for any System leakage.

for any System leakage.

j.j.ADJUST ADJUST ADJUST 1TC6574 to a desired temperature setting between 60 1TC6574 to a desired temperature setting between 60-75-75F.F.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 APPENDIX 2 APPENDIX 2 APPENDIX 2 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 2 of 4 Page 2 of 4 Page 2 of 4 PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE NOTE NOTE NOTE Containment Purge Exhaust Fan will trip if purge air supply temperature lowers to 40 Containment Purge Exhaust Fan will trip if purge air supply temperature lowers to 40F.F.The Containment Purge Supply Fan will trip when the Containment Purge Exhaust Fan The Containment Purge Supply Fan will trip when the Containment Purge Exhaust Fantrips.trips.

2.2.IF IF IF it is desired to Secure Plant heating to Unit One Purge Supply fan, it is desired to Secure Plant heating to Unit One Purge Supply fan, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:(N/A if not applicable) the following:(N/A if not applicable) a.a.STOP STOP STOP PURGE AIR SUPPLY UNIT 11, using 1-HS-6574.

PURGE AIR SUPPLY UNIT 11, using 1-HS-6574.

b.b.SHUT SHUT SHUT 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP SUCT 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP SUCT VLV, 0-PH-224.

VLV, 0-PH-224.

c.c.SHUT SHUT SHUT 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG OUTLET VLV, 0-PH-228.

11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG OUTLET VLV, 0-PH-228.WARNING WARNING WARNINGPlant Heating is maintained at temperatures of 150 Plant Heating is maintained at temperatures of 150-200-200F. Caution must be taken when F. Caution must be taken whendraining coils of hot water.

draining coils of hot water.

d.d.IF IF IF desired to drain coils, desired to drain coils, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

(1)(1)CRACK CRACK CRACK OPEN OPEN OPEN 11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP 11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-679.

OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-679.

(2)(2)Slowly Slowly OPEN OPEN OPEN 11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-680.0-PH-680.(3)(3)Slowly Slowly OPEN OPEN OPEN 11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP 11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-679.

OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-679.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 APPENDIX 2 APPENDIX 2 APPENDIX 2 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 3 of 4 Page 3 of 4 Page 3 of 4 PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE 3.3.IF IF IF it is desired to align Plant heating to Unit Two Purge Supply fan, it is desired to align Plant heating to Unit Two Purge Supply fan, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:(N/A if not applicable) the following:(N/A if not applicable) a.a.ENSURE ENSURE ENSURE Plant Heating is operating Plant Heating is operating PER PER PER OI-40. OI-40.b.b.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY the following valves are SHUT:

the following valves are SHUT:21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-674.0-PH-674.21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL INLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-673.

21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL INLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-673.

c.c.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG OUTLET VLV, 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG OUTLET VLV, 0-PH-272, is OPEN.

0-PH-272, is OPEN.

d.d.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG BYPASS VLV, 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG BYPASS VLV, 0-PH-271, is OPEN.

0-PH-271, is OPEN.

e.e.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP DISCH 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP DISCH VLV, 0-PH-270, is OPEN.

VLV, 0-PH-270, is OPEN.

f.f.VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP SUCT 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP SUCT VLV, 0-PH-268, is OPEN.

VLV, 0-PH-268, is OPEN.WARNING WARNING WARNINGPlant Heating is maintained at temperatures of 150 Plant Heating is maintained at temperatures of 150-200-200F. Caution must be taken when F. Caution must be taken whenventing coils of hot water.

venting coils of hot water.

g.g.IF IF IF needed to vent coils, needed to vent coils, THEN THEN THEN slowly slowly OPERATE OPERATE OPERATE the following valves until properly vented.

the following valves until properly vented.21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL INLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-673.

21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL INLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-673.21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-675.

21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-675.

h.h.START START START PURGE AIR SUPPLY UNIT 21, using 2-HS-6574.

PURGE AIR SUPPLY UNIT 21, using 2-HS-6574.

i.i.CHECK CHECK CHECK for any System leakage.

for any System leakage.

j.j.ADJUST ADJUST ADJUST 2TC6574 to a desired temperature setting between 60 2TC6574 to a desired temperature setting between 60-75-75F.F.

OI-36 OI-36 OI-36 APPENDIX 2 APPENDIX 2 APPENDIX 2 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMCONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEMRev. 29 Rev. 29 Rev. 29 Page 4 of 4 Page 4 of 4 Page 4 of 4 PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE NOTE NOTE NOTE Containment Purge Exhaust Fan will trip if purge air supply temperature lowers to 40 Containment Purge Exhaust Fan will trip if purge air supply temperature lowers to 40F.F.The Containment Purge Supply Fan will trip when the Containment Purge Exhaust Fan The Containment Purge Supply Fan will trip when the Containment Purge Exhaust Fantrips.trips.

4.4.IF IF IF it is desired to Secure Plant heating to Unit Two Purge Supply fan, it is desired to Secure Plant heating to Unit Two Purge Supply fan, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:(N/A if not applicable) the following:(N/A if not applicable) a.a.STOP STOP STOP PURGE AIR SUPPLY UNIT 21, using 2-HS-6574.

PURGE AIR SUPPLY UNIT 21, using 2-HS-6574.

b.b.SHUT SHUT SHUT 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP SUCT 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP SUCT VLV, 0-PH-268.

VLV, 0-PH-268.

c.c.SHUT SHUT SHUT 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG OUTLET VLV, 0-PH-272.

21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG OUTLET VLV, 0-PH-272.WARNING WARNING WARNINGPlant Heating is maintained at temperatures of 150 Plant Heating is maintained at temperatures of 150-200-200F. Caution must be taken when F. Caution must be taken whendraining coils of hot water.

draining coils of hot water.

d.d.IF IF IF desired to drain coils, desired to drain coils, THEN THEN THEN PERFORM PERFORM PERFORM the following:

the following:

(1)(1)CRACK CRACK CRACK OPEN OPEN OPEN 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-674.

OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-674.

(2)(2)Slowly Slowly OPEN OPEN OPEN 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL INLET VENT VLV, 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL INLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-673.0-PH-673.(3)(3)Slowly Slowly OPEN OPEN OPEN 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-675.0-PH-675.(4)(4)Slowly Slowly OPEN OPEN OPEN 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-674.

OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-674.

(5)(5)WHEN WHEN WHEN the coils are drained, the coils are drained, THEN THEN THEN SHUT SHUT SHUT 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-675.0-PH-675.

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML082680052&oldid=1809115"